US20220153731A1 - Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same - Google Patents
Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20220153731A1 US20220153731A1 US17/367,832 US202117367832A US2022153731A1 US 20220153731 A1 US20220153731 A1 US 20220153731A1 US 202117367832 A US202117367832 A US 202117367832A US 2022153731 A1 US2022153731 A1 US 2022153731A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- pain
- compound
- group
- alkyl
- compounds
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 title claims abstract description 200
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 102
- 208000002193 Pain Diseases 0.000 title claims abstract description 68
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 title claims abstract description 62
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 title claims description 11
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 title abstract description 136
- 208000004454 Hyperalgesia Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 49
- 208000035154 Hyperesthesia Diseases 0.000 claims abstract description 24
- -1 cyano, hydroxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 73
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims description 48
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000004169 (C1-C6) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 26
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 26
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000001072 heteroaryl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 24
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 24
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 18
- 125000006552 (C3-C8) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- YVOPSAQWWWDCHQ-SSDOTTSWSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C(=NC=CC=1)NC=1SC([C@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C YVOPSAQWWWDCHQ-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 208000004296 neuralgia Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 208000021722 neuropathic pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 12
- 239000012453 solvate Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- YVOPSAQWWWDCHQ-ZETCQYMHSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C(=NC=CC=1)NC=1SC([C@@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C YVOPSAQWWWDCHQ-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 claims description 11
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 11
- 206010053552 allodynia Diseases 0.000 claims description 10
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000006577 C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 201000011510 cancer Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 7
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 7
- 208000000094 Chronic Pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004446 heteroarylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- LMTLDRVOEMYOFY-YFKPBYRVSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C(=NC=CC=1)NC=1SC[C@H](N=1)C(=O)O LMTLDRVOEMYOFY-YFKPBYRVSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- LMTLDRVOEMYOFY-RXMQYKEDSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C(=NC=CC=1)NC=1SC[C@@H](N=1)C(=O)O LMTLDRVOEMYOFY-RXMQYKEDSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000304 alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 238000007920 subcutaneous administration Methods 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004191 (C1-C6) alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 4
- 206010012601 diabetes mellitus Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 claims description 4
- 208000027866 inflammatory disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000006727 (C1-C6) alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000003161 (C1-C6) alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000006728 (C1-C6) alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 238000002512 chemotherapy Methods 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002269 spontaneous effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010392 Bone Fractures Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000034656 Contusions Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000032131 Diabetic Neuropathies Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000006670 Multiple fractures Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000018737 Parkinson disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010040 Sprains and Strains Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000003728 Vulvodynia Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010069055 Vulvovaginal pain Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010002026 amyotrophic lateral sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000003416 augmentation Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000000481 breast Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000002192 cholecystectomy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004053 dental implant Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000605 extraction Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000009802 hysterectomy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010025135 lupus erythematosus Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000006417 multiple sclerosis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000001119 neuropathy Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000007823 neuropathy Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 201000008482 osteoarthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000005855 radiation Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008439 repair process Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010039073 rheumatoid arthritis Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 208000011580 syndromic disease Diseases 0.000 claims description 2
- 210000004357 third molar Anatomy 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000007879 vasectomy Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- 206010043087 Tachyphylaxis Diseases 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000003467 diminishing effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 57
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 48
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 44
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 42
- CMFNMSMUKZHDEY-UHFFFAOYSA-M peroxynitrite Chemical compound [O-]ON=O CMFNMSMUKZHDEY-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 34
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 33
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 31
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 29
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 28
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 28
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 24
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 24
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 24
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 24
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 23
- 238000002330 electrospray ionisation mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 22
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 20
- 239000007845 reactive nitrogen species Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000003642 reactive oxygen metabolite Substances 0.000 description 19
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 19
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 18
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 18
- 239000004615 ingredient Substances 0.000 description 18
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 17
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 17
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 description 17
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 16
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 16
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 15
- MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen peroxide Chemical compound OO MHAJPDPJQMAIIY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA) Chemical compound CCN(C(C)C)C(C)C JGFZNNIVVJXRND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 208000035475 disorder Diseases 0.000 description 14
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 14
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 14
- CTKZESLRBKKMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Clc1nc2ncccc2o1 CTKZESLRBKKMTI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 13
- 239000000679 carrageenan Substances 0.000 description 13
- 229920001525 carrageenan Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 229940113118 carrageenan Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 13
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 13
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 13
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 12
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 12
- HKQAVZSQUHJXMP-DDWIOCJRSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C=NC=CC1NC=1SC([C@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C HKQAVZSQUHJXMP-DDWIOCJRSA-N 0.000 description 11
- ZAMITHWQDRCUTQ-DDWIOCJRSA-N (4R)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(4-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC1=C(C=NC=C1)NC=1SC([C@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C ZAMITHWQDRCUTQ-DDWIOCJRSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 0 *C1([3*])[Y]C(N([2*])c2ccccn2)=NC1[W].CO.[1*]C Chemical compound *C1([3*])[Y]C(N([2*])c2ccccn2)=NC1[W].CO.[1*]C 0.000 description 11
- AACKTPPTLAURIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-[1,3]oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=NC=C2OC(Cl)=NC2=C1 AACKTPPTLAURIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 11
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 11
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 11
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 11
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 10
- MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric oxide Chemical compound O=[N] MWUXSHHQAYIFBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 235000010418 carrageenan Nutrition 0.000 description 10
- 239000002552 dosage form Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000000548 hind-foot Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 10
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 239000013641 positive control Substances 0.000 description 10
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000002441 reversible effect Effects 0.000 description 10
- 210000001032 spinal nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 10
- UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L zinc;1-(5-cyanopyridin-2-yl)-3-[(1s,2s)-2-(6-fluoro-2-hydroxy-3-propanoylphenyl)cyclopropyl]urea;diacetate Chemical compound [Zn+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O.CCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C([C@H]2[C@H](C2)NC(=O)NC=2N=CC(=CC=2)C#N)=C1O UHVMMEOXYDMDKI-JKYCWFKZSA-L 0.000 description 10
- WARNDXBEVGOOTN-SSDOTTSWSA-N (4R)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(2-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1=NC=CC=C1NC=1SC([C@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C WARNDXBEVGOOTN-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KMTLLIREQNZMOE-QMMMGPOBSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C=NC=CC=1NC=1SC([C@@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C KMTLLIREQNZMOE-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 9
- WARNDXBEVGOOTN-ZETCQYMHSA-N (4S)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(2-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1=NC=CC=C1NC=1SC([C@@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C WARNDXBEVGOOTN-ZETCQYMHSA-N 0.000 description 9
- UKHAUBZVDUQMCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.N1=CC=C2OC(Cl)=NC2=C1 UKHAUBZVDUQMCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- LCXMSJQCARUACV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-[1,3]oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CN=C2OC(Cl)=NC2=C1 LCXMSJQCARUACV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-morpholin-4-yl-1-oxa-3-azonia-2-azanidacyclopent-3-en-5-imine;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.[N-]1OC(=N)C=[N+]1N1CCOCC1 NCGICGYLBXGBGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000010828 elution Methods 0.000 description 9
- 230000001473 noxious effect Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 9
- FFFWYWUIYICCLL-JEDNCBNOSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C(=NC=CC=1)NC=1SC[C@H](N=1)C(=O)O FFFWYWUIYICCLL-JEDNCBNOSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FFFWYWUIYICCLL-NUBCRITNSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C(=NC=CC1)NC=1SC[C@@H](N1)C(=O)O FFFWYWUIYICCLL-NUBCRITNSA-N 0.000 description 8
- BRSZJWYJYOGBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(S)=NC2=N1 BRSZJWYJYOGBGK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N Deuterated methanol Chemical compound [2H]OC([2H])([2H])[2H] OKKJLVBELUTLKV-MZCSYVLQSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000004201 L-cysteine Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000006399 behavior Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 8
- 235000019441 ethanol Nutrition 0.000 description 8
- LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N haloperidol Chemical compound C1CC(O)(C=2C=CC(Cl)=CC=2)CCN1CCCC(=O)C1=CC=C(F)C=C1 LNEPOXFFQSENCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 8
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 8
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- XNJNQCOGXNEEHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-[1,3]oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine-2-thione Chemical compound C1=NC=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 XNJNQCOGXNEEHD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- QOWAMUGBQMMARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3h-[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine-2-thione Chemical compound N1=CC=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 QOWAMUGBQMMARO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-GSVOUGTGSA-N L-penicillamine Chemical compound CC(C)(S)[C@H](N)C(O)=O VVNCNSJFMMFHPL-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 7
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000001647 drug administration Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 7
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 7
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 7
- 239000002244 precipitate Substances 0.000 description 7
- 239000000375 suspending agent Substances 0.000 description 7
- WFAMBUHPUGZHKG-HSZRJFAPSA-N (2S)-2-([1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-ylamino)-3-tritylsulfanylpropanoic acid Chemical compound O1C(=NC2=NC=CC=C21)N[C@H](CSC(C1=CC=CC=C1)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C(=O)O WFAMBUHPUGZHKG-HSZRJFAPSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KXNCTNCVAXHHGE-RGMNGODLSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C=NC=CC=1NC=1SC[C@H](N=1)C(=O)O KXNCTNCVAXHHGE-RGMNGODLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- JWGMWNGNCLYOGH-RGMNGODLSA-N (4R)-2-[(4-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4,5-dihydro-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC1=C(C=NC=C1)NC=1SC[C@H](N=1)C(=O)O JWGMWNGNCLYOGH-RGMNGODLSA-N 0.000 description 6
- BMTSZVZQNMNPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-aminopyridin-3-ol Chemical compound NC1=NC=CC=C1O BMTSZVZQNMNPCT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N EDTA Chemical compound OC(=O)CN(CC(O)=O)CCN(CC(O)=O)CC(O)=O KCXVZYZYPLLWCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Gabapentin Chemical compound OC(=O)CC1(CN)CCCCC1 UGJMXCAKCUNAIE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 108010010803 Gelatin Proteins 0.000 description 6
- 206010030113 Oedema Diseases 0.000 description 6
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M Superoxide Chemical compound [O-][O] OUUQCZGPVNCOIJ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 description 6
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 6
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 125000004122 cyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 6
- 230000002354 daily effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N dinoprostone Chemical compound CCCCC[C@H](O)\C=C\[C@H]1[C@H](O)CC(=O)[C@@H]1C\C=C/CCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-ARSRFYASSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 239000002270 dispersing agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 6
- 229920000159 gelatin Polymers 0.000 description 6
- 235000019322 gelatine Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 235000011852 gelatine desserts Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 238000004020 luminiscence type Methods 0.000 description 6
- 229940005483 opioid analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 6
- 230000002335 preservative effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- 210000000434 stratum corneum Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 238000003419 tautomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 6
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000003039 volatile agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000000080 wetting agent Substances 0.000 description 6
- OGUOURBTQFJCJB-OGFXRTJISA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C(=NC=CC1)NC=1SC([C@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C OGUOURBTQFJCJB-OGFXRTJISA-N 0.000 description 5
- KRNSSWZHFFUZCB-OGFXRTJISA-N (4R)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(2-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC1=NC=CC=C1NC=1SC([C@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C KRNSSWZHFFUZCB-OGFXRTJISA-N 0.000 description 5
- OGUOURBTQFJCJB-FJXQXJEOSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C(=NC=CC1)NC=1SC([C@@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C OGUOURBTQFJCJB-FJXQXJEOSA-N 0.000 description 5
- HKQAVZSQUHJXMP-QRPNPIFTSA-N (4S)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC=1C=NC=CC1NC=1SC([C@@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C HKQAVZSQUHJXMP-QRPNPIFTSA-N 0.000 description 5
- KRNSSWZHFFUZCB-FJXQXJEOSA-N (4S)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(2-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.OC1=NC=CC=C1NC=1SC([C@@H](N1)C(=O)O)(C)C KRNSSWZHFFUZCB-FJXQXJEOSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Adenosine triphosphate Natural products C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1C1OC(COP(O)(=O)OP(O)(=O)OP(O)(O)=O)C(O)C1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 208000028389 Nerve injury Diseases 0.000 description 5
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003995 emulsifying agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 238000007912 intraperitoneal administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008764 nerve damage Effects 0.000 description 5
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 5
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000004806 packaging method and process Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229960001639 penicillamine Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 5
- 239000008055 phosphate buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 5
- CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium bisulfate Chemical compound [K+].OS([O-])(=O)=O CHKVPAROMQMJNQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 229910000343 potassium bisulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000000547 substituted alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003765 sweetening agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 5
- IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 1-palmitoyl-2-arachidonoyl-sn-glycero-3-phosphocholine Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OCC[N+](C)(C)C)OC(=O)CCC\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/C\C=C/CCCCC IIZPXYDJLKNOIY-JXPKJXOSSA-N 0.000 description 4
- OIIBRAGQGFLUFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-amino-1h-pyridin-4-one Chemical compound NC1=CNC=CC1=O OIIBRAGQGFLUFI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-toluenesulfonyl chloride Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(Cl)(=O)=O)C=C1 YYROPELSRYBVMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N Ascorbic acid Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O CIWBSHSKHKDKBQ-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 206010003591 Ataxia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chloroform Chemical compound ClC(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 241000792859 Enema Species 0.000 description 4
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L Magnesium sulfate Chemical compound [Mg+2].[O-][S+2]([O-])([O-])[O-] CSNNHWWHGAXBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 4
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000015336 Nerve Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 description 4
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Carbonate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sodium Sulfate Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O PMZURENOXWZQFD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 4
- 235000010323 ascorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000011668 ascorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960005070 ascorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 230000003542 behavioural effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N capsaicin Chemical compound COC1=CC(CNC(=O)CCCC\C=C\C(C)C)=CC=C1O YKPUWZUDDOIDPM-SOFGYWHQSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 4
- RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N celecoxib Chemical compound C1=CC(C)=CC=C1C1=CC(C(F)(F)F)=NN1C1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 RZEKVGVHFLEQIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 229960000590 celecoxib Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 235000014113 dietary fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229960004132 diethyl ether Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000013583 drug formulation Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000007920 enema Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940095399 enema Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000003623 enhancer Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000000194 fatty acid Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229930195729 fatty acid Natural products 0.000 description 4
- 150000004665 fatty acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000003599 food sweetener Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000008273 gelatin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 229940093915 gynecological organic acid Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 229910052736 halogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 150000002367 halogens Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 229960003878 haloperidol Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 125000004404 heteroalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 230000000917 hyperalgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000007972 injectable composition Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 4
- TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N l-ascorbic acid Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@H]1OC(O)=C(O)C1=O TYQCGQRIZGCHNB-JLAZNSOCSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 235000010445 lecithin Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000787 lecithin Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940067606 lecithin Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 239000006194 liquid suspension Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 4
- 235000010981 methylcellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 4
- 125000000896 monocarboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 239000013642 negative control Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000002245 particle Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000006072 paste Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000011458 pharmacological treatment Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 4
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- JCBJVAJGLKENNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium ethyl xanthate Chemical compound [K+].CCOC([S-])=S JCBJVAJGLKENNC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 4
- 210000002966 serum Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229910052938 sodium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 235000010356 sorbitol Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000013222 sprague-dawley male rat Methods 0.000 description 4
- UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N streptomycin Chemical compound CN[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@](C=O)(O)[C@H](C)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@@H](NC(N)=N)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O UCSJYZPVAKXKNQ-HZYVHMACSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000024891 symptom Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethylamine Chemical compound CN(C)C GETQZCLCWQTVFV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KMTLLIREQNZMOE-MRVPVSSYSA-N (4R)-2-[(3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino]-5,5-dimethyl-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC=1C=NC=CC=1NC=1SC([C@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C KMTLLIREQNZMOE-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- LDOJZGAXOCVFPL-MRVPVSSYSA-N (4R)-5,5-dimethyl-2-[(4-oxo-1H-pyridin-3-yl)amino]-4H-1,3-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid Chemical compound OC1=C(C=NC=C1)NC=1SC([C@H](N=1)C(=O)O)(C)C LDOJZGAXOCVFPL-MRVPVSSYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WKMUUISSZDCMKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-[1,3]oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine-2-thione Chemical compound C1=CN=C2OC(S)=NC2=C1 WKMUUISSZDCMKG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DBDKLFOUWUHPDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-Hydroxy-4-aminopyridine Chemical compound NC1=CC=NC=C1O DBDKLFOUWUHPDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000003911 Arachis Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 244000105624 Arachis hypogaea Species 0.000 description 3
- 241000416162 Astragalus gummifer Species 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004322 Butylated hydroxytoluene Substances 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 3
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 3
- 108091006905 Human Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 102000008100 Human Serum Albumin Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 206010020751 Hypersensitivity Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 102000004889 Interleukin-6 Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 108090001005 Interleukin-6 Proteins 0.000 description 3
- 240000007817 Olea europaea Species 0.000 description 3
- MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oxalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(O)=O MUBZPKHOEPUJKR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 3
- RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrrolidine Chemical compound C1CCNC1 RWRDLPDLKQPQOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 229920001615 Tragacanth Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000002671 adjuvant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 208000026935 allergic disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Chemical compound BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010354 butylated hydroxytoluene Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 230000003197 catalytic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000460 chlorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052801 chlorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003086 colorant Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003111 delayed effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010790 dilution Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000012895 dilution Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960001484 edetic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethenylcyclopentane Chemical compound C=CC1CCCC1 BEFDCLMNVWHSGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000000796 flavoring agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011737 fluorine Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052731 fluorine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229960002870 gabapentin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010979 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000001866 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920003088 hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 3
- UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxypropyl methyl cellulose Chemical compound OC1C(O)C(OC)OC(CO)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(CO)O3)O)C(CO)O2)O)C(CO)O1 UFVKGYZPFZQRLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000009610 hypersensitivity Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000006698 induction Effects 0.000 description 3
- 229940100601 interleukin-6 Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000002632 lipids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 229940057995 liquid paraffin Drugs 0.000 description 3
- HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N luminol Chemical compound O=C1NNC(=O)C2=C1C(N)=CC=C2 HWYHZTIRURJOHG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000004949 mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001404 mediated effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 3
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000007800 oxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium Substances [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 230000035515 penetration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003961 penetration enhancing agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000002978 peroxides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenol group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=C1)O ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 235000021317 phosphate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 235000010482 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000000244 polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920000053 polysorbate 80 Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000037452 priming Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 235000010199 sorbic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000004334 sorbic acid Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940075582 sorbic acid Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003381 stabilizer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000005017 substituted alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000003548 thiazolidines Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000000451 tissue damage Effects 0.000 description 3
- 231100000827 tissue damage Toxicity 0.000 description 3
- PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (+/-)-1,3-Butanediol Chemical compound CC(O)CCO PUPZLCDOIYMWBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DLMYFMLKORXJPO-FQEVSTJZSA-N (2R)-2-amino-3-[(triphenylmethyl)thio]propanoic acid Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DLMYFMLKORXJPO-FQEVSTJZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-5-amino-2-(aminomethyl)-6-[(2r,3s,4r,5s)-5-[(1r,2r,3s,5r,6s)-3,5-diamino-2-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-amino-4,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-hydroxycyclohexyl]oxy-4-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl]oxyoxane-3,4-diol;sulfuric ac Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O.N[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](CN)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](N)C[C@@H](N)[C@@H]2O)O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)N)O[C@@H]1CO LJRDOKAZOAKLDU-UDXJMMFXSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N (9Z)-octadecen-1-ol Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCCO ALSTYHKOOCGGFT-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004178 (C1-C4) alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N (E)-8-Octadecenoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCC(O)=O WRIDQFICGBMAFQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroquinoline Chemical compound C1=CC=C2CCCNC2=C1 LBUJPTNKIBCYBY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MYMALJRSNVUBAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazol-4-imine Chemical class N=C1CSC=N1 MYMALJRSNVUBAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-dodecylazepan-2-one Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCN1CCCCCC1=O AXTGDCSMTYGJND-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-monostearoylglycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO VBICKXHEKHSIBG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ARGCQEVBJHPOGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,5-dihydrofuran Chemical compound C1OCC=C1 ARGCQEVBJHPOGB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- UCXLYNLRJWXAIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-[1,3]oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(Cl)=NC2=N1 UCXLYNLRJWXAIR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxy-3-(octadecanoyloxy)propyl octadecanoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)COC(=O)CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC IZHVBANLECCAGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 20:1omega9c fatty acid Natural products CCCCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O LQJBNNIYVWPHFW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LCSKNASZPVZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,6-dimethyl-1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione;1,4-dioxane-2,5-dione Chemical group O=C1COC(=O)CO1.CC1OC(=O)C(C)OC1=O LCSKNASZPVZHEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-phenylpropionic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCC1=CC=CC=C1 XMIIGOLPHOKFCH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-aminobenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 HVBSAKJJOYLTQU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 9-Heptadecensaeure Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O QSBYPNXLFMSGKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000215068 Acacia senegal Species 0.000 description 2
- 235000006491 Acacia senegal Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 206010001497 Agitation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 235000019489 Almond oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N Alpha-Lactose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](CO)O[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-XLOQQCSPSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyric acid Chemical compound CCCC(O)=O FERIUCNNQQJTOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L Calcium carbonate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]C([O-])=O VTYYLEPIZMXCLO-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine atom Chemical compound [Cl] ZAMOUSCENKQFHK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920002261 Corn starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N D-Mannitol Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-KVTDHHQDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine atom Chemical compound [F] YCKRFDGAMUMZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycolic acid Chemical compound OCC(O)=O AEMRFAOFKBGASW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229920000084 Gum arabic Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010065390 Inflammatory pain Diseases 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N L-Cysteine Chemical compound SC[C@H](N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930195725 Mannitol Natural products 0.000 description 2
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical compound CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Morpholine Chemical compound C1COCCN1 YNAVUWVOSKDBBP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naphthalene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC=CC=C21 UFWIBTONFRDIAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 102000008299 Nitric Oxide Synthase Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108010021487 Nitric Oxide Synthase Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 239000005642 Oleic acid Substances 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperazine Chemical compound C1CNCCN1 GLUUGHFHXGJENI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Piperidine Chemical compound C1CCNCC1 NQRYJNQNLNOLGT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 2
- LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyruvic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)C(O)=O LCTONWCANYUPML-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QNVSXXGDAPORNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Resveratrol Natural products OC1=CC=CC(C=CC=2C=C(O)C(O)=CC=2)=C1 QNVSXXGDAPORNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 244000000231 Sesamum indicum Species 0.000 description 2
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 2
- CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N Sucrose Chemical compound O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@]1(CO)O[C@@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 CZMRCDWAGMRECN-UGDNZRGBSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229930006000 Sucrose Natural products 0.000 description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LUKBXSAWLPMMSZ-OWOJBTEDSA-N Trans-resveratrol Chemical compound C1=CC(O)=CC=C1\C=C\C1=CC(O)=CC(O)=C1 LUKBXSAWLPMMSZ-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000010489 acacia gum Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N acrylic acid group Chemical group C(C=C)(=O)O NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001154 acute effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCC(O)=O WNLRTRBMVRJNCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000008168 almond oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003429 antifungal agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003078 antioxidant effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 WPYMKLBDIGXBTP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006172 buffering agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004744 butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000007894 caplet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000017663 capsaicin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229960002504 capsaicin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001721 carbon Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004113 cell culture Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010980 cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 2
- OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N chlorobutanol Chemical compound CC(C)(O)C(Cl)(Cl)Cl OSASVXMJTNOKOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N cholesterol Chemical compound C1C=C2C[C@@H](O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H]([C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 HVYWMOMLDIMFJA-DPAQBDIFSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940110456 cocoa butter Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019868 cocoa butter Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000003240 coconut oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019864 coconut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000112 colonic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000007859 condensation product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000008120 corn starch Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940099112 cornstarch Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteamine Chemical compound NCCS UFULAYFCSOUIOV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N cysteine Natural products SCC(N)C(O)=O XUJNEKJLAYXESH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018417 cysteine Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000007405 data analysis Methods 0.000 description 2
- XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylene glycol monoethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCCOCCO XXJWXESWEXIICW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 2
- XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N dimethylselenoniopropionate Natural products CCC(O)=O XBDQKXXYIPTUBI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002986 dinoprostone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 231100000673 dose–response relationship Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 238000000132 electrospray ionisation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002255 enzymatic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl laurate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC MMXKVMNBHPAILY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003203 everyday effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000945 filler Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000013355 food flavoring agent Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007897 gelcap Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000014509 gene expression Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000021472 generally recognized as safe Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000003165 hydrotropic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000007529 inorganic bases Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007913 intrathecal administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000002563 ionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002262 irrigation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003973 irrigation Methods 0.000 description 2
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N isooleic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QXJSBBXBKPUZAA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N lactic acid Chemical compound CC(O)C(O)=O JVTAAEKCZFNVCJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003639 laurocapram Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000002502 liposome Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004895 liquid chromatography mass spectrometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000006193 liquid solution Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000007937 lozenge Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000314 lubricant Substances 0.000 description 2
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000010355 mannitol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 239000000594 mannitol Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000002609 medium Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 150000007522 mineralic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000001788 mono and diglycerides of fatty acids Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229940051866 mouthwash Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 description 2
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003961 neuronal insult Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 2
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002736 nonionic surfactant Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000019198 oils Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N oleic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(O)=O ZQPPMHVWECSIRJ-KTKRTIGZSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940055577 oleyl alcohol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N oleyl alcohol Natural products CCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCCCCO XMLQWXUVTXCDDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000003305 oral gavage Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940124707 pain therapeutics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910052763 palladium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000008188 pellet Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 238000003359 percent control normalization Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000003208 petroleum Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 2
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000003186 propargylic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N prostaglandin E2 Natural products CCCCCC(O)C=CC1C(O)CC(=O)C1CC=CCCCC(O)=O XEYBRNLFEZDVAW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 235000018102 proteins Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 230000000541 pulsatile effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 2
- 235000021283 resveratrol Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229940016667 resveratrol Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000001953 sensory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005322 streptomycin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000005720 sucrose Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005931 tert-butyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(OC(*)=O)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000004797 therapeutic response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000331 toxic Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 230000002588 toxic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 description 2
- ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N undecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O ZDPHROOEEOARMN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002023 wood Substances 0.000 description 2
- QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N (2R)-2-hydroxy-2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1.O[C@@H](C(O)=O)c1ccccc1 QBYIENPQHBMVBV-HFEGYEGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N (2r,3r,4s,5r,6s)-4,5-dimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)-3-[(2s,3r,4s,5r,6r)-3,4,5-trimethoxy-6-(methoxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-6-[(2r,3r,4s,5r,6r)-4,5,6-trimethoxy-2-(methoxymethyl)oxan-3-yl]oxyoxane Chemical compound CO[C@@H]1[C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)[C@@H](COC)O[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](OC)[C@@H](OC)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](OC)[C@H](OC)O[C@@H]2COC)OC)O[C@@H]1COC LNAZSHAWQACDHT-XIYTZBAFSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DLMYFMLKORXJPO-HXUWFJFHSA-N (2s)-2-azaniumyl-3-tritylsulfanylpropanoate Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C=1C=CC=CC=1)(SC[C@@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 DLMYFMLKORXJPO-HXUWFJFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006274 (C1-C3)alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005913 (C3-C6) cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N (R)-(-)-Propylene glycol Chemical compound C[C@@H](O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N (R)-alpha-Tocopherol Natural products OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C GVJHHUAWPYXKBD-IEOSBIPESA-N 0.000 description 1
- MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N (S)-camphorsulfonic acid Chemical compound C1C[C@@]2(CS(O)(=O)=O)C(=O)C[C@@H]1C2(C)C MIOPJNTWMNEORI-GMSGAONNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N (S)-malic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N (e)-2-hydroxybut-2-enedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C(\O)C(O)=O UWYVPFMHMJIBHE-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M .beta-Phenylacrylic acid Natural products [O-]C(=O)\C=C\C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-VOTSOKGWSA-M 0.000 description 1
- ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-difluorocyclohexane Chemical compound FC1(F)CCCCC1 ZORQXIQZAOLNGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004502 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004511 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001399 1,2,3-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=NC(=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001376 1,2,4-triazolyl group Chemical group N1N=C(N=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,2-bis(ethenyl)benzene;1-ethenyl-2-ethylbenzene;styrene Chemical compound C=CC1=CC=CC=C1.CCC1=CC=CC=C1C=C.C=CC1=CC=CC=C1C=C NWUYHJFMYQTDRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001781 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004520 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- JPBLHOJFMBOCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-benzoxazol-2-amine Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(N)=NC2=C1 JPBLHOJFMBOCAF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxane Chemical compound C1COCOC1 VDFVNEFVBPFDSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CZLMRJZAHXYRIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxepane Chemical compound C1CCOCOC1 CZLMRJZAHXYRIX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-dioxolane Chemical compound C1COCO1 WNXJIVFYUVYPPR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VJVCQKOMUMNIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,3-thiazolidin-2-amine Chemical compound NC1NCCS1 VJVCQKOMUMNIGE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dihydropyridine Chemical compound C1C=CNC=C1 YNGDWRXWKFWCJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005877 1,4-benzodioxanyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- FQUYSHZXSKYCSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-diazepane Chemical compound C1CNCCNC1 FQUYSHZXSKYCSY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000196 1,4-pentadienyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 1-lauroyl-sn-glycerol Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@@H](O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-methyl-2,4-dioxo-1,3-diazinane-5-carboximidamide Chemical compound CN1CC(C(N)=N)C(=O)NC1=O IXPNQXFRVYWDDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,3-dihydrofuran Chemical compound C1CC=CO1 JKTCBAGSMQIFNL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXFQSRIDYRFTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4,6-trimethylbenzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC(C)=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C(C)=C1 LXFQSRIDYRFTJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-methylhexan-2-yloxymethyl)oxirane Chemical group CCCCC(C)(C)OCC1CO1 JECYNCQXXKQDJN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QKRMFCXDTFLKKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid Chemical compound OCCS(O)(=O)=O.OCCS(O)(=O)=O QKRMFCXDTFLKKT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-PPJXEINESA-N 2-phenylacetic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 WLJVXDMOQOGPHL-PPJXEINESA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004105 2-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([*])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-pyrroline Chemical compound C1CC=CN1 RSEBUVRVKCANEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2H-pyran Chemical compound C1OC=CC=C1 MGADZUXDNSDTHW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VMUXSMXIQBNMGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3,4-dihydrocoumarin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2OC(=O)CCC2=C1 VMUXSMXIQBNMGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-(1h-benzimidazol-2-yl)-7-(diethylamino)chromen-2-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(C3=CC4=CC=C(C=C4OC3=O)N(CC)CC)=NC2=C1 GOLORTLGFDVFDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-azaniumyl-2-hydroxypropanoate Chemical compound NCC(O)C(O)=O BMYNFMYTOJXKLE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FTAHXMZRJCZXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-piperideine Chemical compound C1CC=CCN1 FTAHXMZRJCZXDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003349 3-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([*])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- BAKUAUDFCNFLBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4,7-dihydro-1,3-dioxepine Chemical compound C1OCC=CCO1 BAKUAUDFCNFLBX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000339 4-pyridyl group Chemical group N1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 102100036009 5'-AMP-activated protein kinase catalytic subunit alpha-2 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- MPLLLQUZNJSVTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-[3-[4-[2-(4-fluorophenyl)ethoxy]phenyl]propyl]furan-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound O1C(C(=O)O)=CC=C1CCCC(C=C1)=CC=C1OCCC1=CC=C(F)C=C1 MPLLLQUZNJSVTK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical group [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J ATP(4-) Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](COP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])(=O)OP([O-])([O-])=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O ZKHQWZAMYRWXGA-KQYNXXCUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 229920001817 Agar Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000005995 Aluminium silicate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012935 Averaging Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000005711 Benzoic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 108091003079 Bovine Serum Albumin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004255 Butylated hydroxyanisole Substances 0.000 description 1
- AIILZDBAERIQIR-AGKZLUNBSA-M C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cccnc2o1.Nc1cccnc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2cccnc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cccnc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cccnc1O Chemical compound C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cccnc2o1.Nc1cccnc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2cccnc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cccnc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cccnc1O AIILZDBAERIQIR-AGKZLUNBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BDJAWYQFJHIETA-CCYOTSRMSA-M C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2ccncc2o1.Nc1ccncc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2ccncc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1ccncc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)[Y]1)c1ccncc1O Chemical compound C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2ccncc2o1.Nc1ccncc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2ccncc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1ccncc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)[Y]1)c1ccncc1O BDJAWYQFJHIETA-CCYOTSRMSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HZWPWPBLVHXVOH-AGKZLUNBSA-M C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cnccc2o1.Nc1cnccc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2cnccc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cnccc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cnccc1O Chemical compound C.C.C.C.CC(=S)S[K].CC(C)(S)C(N)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cnccc2o1.Nc1cnccc1O.O=S(Cl)Cl.Sc1nc2cnccc2o1.[2H]CF.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cnccc1O.[H]N(C1=NC(C(=O)O)C(C)(C)S1)c1cnccc1O HZWPWPBLVHXVOH-AGKZLUNBSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XFKAXBYMMVQFRE-IZNQOYQLSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CSc1nc2ccncc2o1)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2ccncc2o1.O=C(O)[C@@H]1CSC(Cc2ccncc2O)=N1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CSc1nc2ccncc2o1)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2ccncc2o1.O=C(O)[C@@H]1CSC(Cc2ccncc2O)=N1 XFKAXBYMMVQFRE-IZNQOYQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BOVYJAJDISQGIR-IZNQOYQLSA-N CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CSc1nc2cnccc2o1)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cnccc2o1.O=C(O)[C@@H]1CSC(Cc2cnccc2O)=N1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)O.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)N[C@@H](CSc1nc2cnccc2o1)C(=O)O.Cl.Clc1nc2cnccc2o1.O=C(O)[C@@H]1CSC(Cc2cnccc2O)=N1 BOVYJAJDISQGIR-IZNQOYQLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O Chemical compound CCN1N=C(C)C=C1C(=O)NC1=NC2=CC(=CC(OC)=C2N1C\C=C\CN1C(NC(=O)C2=CC(C)=NN2CC)=NC2=CC(=CC(OCCCN3CCOCC3)=C12)C(N)=O)C(N)=O JGLMVXWAHNTPRF-CMDGGOBGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Camphoric acid Natural products CC1(C)C(C(O)=O)CCC1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282465 Canis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 1
- WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Caprylic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(O)=O WWZKQHOCKIZLMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorine Chemical compound ClCl KZBUYRJDOAKODT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N Cinnamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-SREVYHEPSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010010774 Constipation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyanamide Chemical compound NC#N XZMCDFZZKTWFGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000858 Cyclodextrin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 102000002004 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010015742 Cytochrome P-450 Enzyme System Proteins 0.000 description 1
- IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N D-Luciferin Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H]1CSC(C=2SC3=CC=C(O)C=C3N=2)=N1 IGXWBGJHJZYPQS-SSDOTTSWSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N Dextrotartaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-JCYAYHJZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dihydropyran Chemical compound C1COC=CC1 BUDQDWGNQVEFAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000001856 Ethyl cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl cellulose Chemical compound CCOCC1OC(OC)C(OCC)C(OCC)C1OC1C(O)C(O)C(OC)C(CO)O1 ZZSNKZQZMQGXPY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282324 Felis Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 1
- 108090000331 Firefly luciferases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorine Chemical compound FF PXGOKWXKJXAPGV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Natural products OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutamic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010053070 Glutathione Disulfide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 244000068988 Glycine max Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010469 Glycine max Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 101000783681 Homo sapiens 5'-AMP-activated protein kinase catalytic subunit alpha-2 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000764872 Homo sapiens Transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily A member 1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004310 Ion Channels Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000862 Ion Channels Proteins 0.000 description 1
- CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N L-aspartic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O CKLJMWTZIZZHCS-REOHCLBHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N L-glutamic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCC(O)=O WHUUTDBJXJRKMK-VKHMYHEASA-N 0.000 description 1
- ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lauric acid monoglyceride Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC(O)CO ARIWANIATODDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 240000007472 Leucaena leucocephala Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000010643 Leucaena leucocephala Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 108060001084 Luciferase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000005089 Luciferase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001529936 Murinae Species 0.000 description 1
- GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-[2-(1H-indol-3-yl)ethyl]-N-methylprop-2-en-1-amine Chemical compound CN(CCC1=CNC2=C1C=CC=C2)CC=C GXCLVBGFBYZDAG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000004722 NADPH Oxidases Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010002998 NADPH Oxidases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010028851 Necrosis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Nitric acid Chemical compound O[N+]([O-])=O GRYLNZFGIOXLOG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000001294 Nociceptive Pain Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000019483 Peanut oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 241001494479 Pecora Species 0.000 description 1
- 229920003171 Poly (ethylene oxide) Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002556 Polyethylene Glycol 300 Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010002885 Polygeline Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N R-2-phenyl-2-hydroxyacetic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 IWYDHOAUDWTVEP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000004756 Respiratory Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010038678 Respiratory depression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229910006074 SO2NH2 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019485 Safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 206010070834 Sensitisation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000021355 Stearic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Succinic acid Natural products OC(=O)CCC(O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 1
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical group [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000019197 Superoxide Dismutase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010012715 Superoxide dismutase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tartaric acid Natural products [H+].[H+].[O-]C(=O)C(O)C(O)C([O-])=O FEWJPZIEWOKRBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydropyran Chemical compound C1CCOCC1 DHXVGJBLRPWPCS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102100026186 Transient receptor potential cation channel subfamily A member 1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J Trypan blue Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C1=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(/N=N/C3=CC=C(C=C3C)C=3C=C(C(=CC=3)\N=N\C=3C(=CC4=CC(=CC(N)=C4C=3O)S([O-])(=O)=O)S([O-])(=O)=O)C)=C(O)C2=C1N GLNADSQYFUSGOU-GPTZEZBUSA-J 0.000 description 1
- 102000004142 Trypsin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000631 Trypsin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010047700 Vomiting Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010093894 Xanthine oxidase Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100033220 Xanthine oxidase Human genes 0.000 description 1
- WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N [(2s,3r,4r,5r)-2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexyl] (z)-octadec-9-enoate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO WERKSKAQRVDLDW-ANOHMWSOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N [C]1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [C]1=CC=CC=C1 CIUQDSCDWFSTQR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001594 aberrant effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002250 absorbent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002745 absorbent Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003070 absorption delaying agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000641 acridinyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC2=NC3=CC=CC=C3C=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003213 activating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001361 adipic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011037 adipic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960000250 adipic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008272 agar Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001336 alkenes Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940087168 alpha tocopherol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-acetylene Natural products C#C HSFWRNGVRCDJHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-glycerophosphate Natural products OCC(O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N alpha-hydroxysuccinic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(O)CC(O)=O BJEPYKJPYRNKOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K aluminium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[OH-].[Al+3] WNROFYMDJYEPJX-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000012211 aluminium silicate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001668 ameliorated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003708 ampul Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036592 analgesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003484 anatomy Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000003502 anti-nociceptive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002249 anxiolytic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000949 anxiolytic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940005530 anxiolytics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000006907 apoptotic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000003704 aspartic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960005261 aspartic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012752 auxiliary agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azepane Chemical compound C1CCCNCC1 ZSIQJIWKELUFRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N azetidine Chemical compound C1CNC1 HONIICLYMWZJFZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004069 aziridinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011324 bead Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 1
- SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzenesulfonic acid Chemical compound OS(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SRSXLGNVWSONIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940092714 benzenesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000003785 benzimidazolyl group Chemical group N1=C(NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004618 benzofuryl group Chemical group O1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000010233 benzoic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960004365 benzoic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001164 benzothiazolyl group Chemical group S1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004196 benzothienyl group Chemical group S1C(=CC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004541 benzoxazolyl group Chemical group O1C(=NC2=C1C=CC=C2)* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(trichloro)silane Chemical compound Cl[Si](Cl)(Cl)CC1=CC=CC=C1 GONOPSZTUGRENK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005574 benzylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N beta-carboxyaspartic acid Natural products OC(=O)C(N)C(C(O)=O)C(O)=O OQFSQFPPLPISGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011230 binding agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002988 biodegradable polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004621 biodegradable polymer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000005540 biological transmission Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000903 blocking effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036765 blood level Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000004556 brain Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000000133 brain stem Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000012267 brine Substances 0.000 description 1
- KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N butanedioic acid Chemical compound O[14C](=O)CC[14C](O)=O KDYFGRWQOYBRFD-NUQCWPJISA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000019282 butylated hydroxyanisole Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000019 calcium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000010216 calcium carbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001506 calcium phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910000389 calcium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000011010 calcium phosphates Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N camphoric acid Chemical compound CC1(C)[C@H](C(O)=O)CC[C@]1(C)C(O)=O LSPHULWDVZXLIL-QUBYGPBYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000609 carbazolyl group Chemical group C1(=CC=CC=2C3=CC=CC=C3NC12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004623 carbolinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000011203 carbon fibre reinforced carbon Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000005779 cell damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003833 cell viability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004637 cellular stress Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007541 cellular toxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920002301 cellulose acetate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003169 central nervous system Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003638 chemical reducing agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012320 chlorinating reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004926 chlorobutanol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000012000 cholesterol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000001684 chronic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013985 cinnamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229930016911 cinnamic acid Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 125000000259 cinnolinyl group Chemical group N1=NC(=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 238000011260 co-administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004040 coloring Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013329 compounding Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000039 congener Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000356 contaminant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005687 corn oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002285 corn oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012343 cottonseed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000002385 cottonseed oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000013078 crystal Substances 0.000 description 1
- ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N cyanogen bromide Chemical compound BrC#N ATDGTVJJHBUTRL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940097362 cyclodextrins Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000151 cysteine group Chemical group N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000003013 cytotoxicity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000135 cytotoxicity Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 238000013480 data collection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000006735 deficit Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001934 delay Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002939 deleterious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000151 deposition Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001514 detection method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001627 detrimental effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006642 detritylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 1
- DMSHWWDRAYHEBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N dihydrocoumarin Natural products C1CC(=O)OC2=C1C=C(OC)C(OC)=C2 DMSHWWDRAYHEBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 239000002612 dispersion medium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008298 dragée Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003974 emollient agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002996 emotional effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002085 enols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 210000003743 erythrocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M ethanesulfonate Chemical compound CCS([O-])(=O)=O CCIVGXIOQKPBKL-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 1
- 235000019325 ethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001249 ethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002534 ethynyl group Chemical group [H]C#C* 0.000 description 1
- 230000029142 excretion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008921 facial expression Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003195 fascia Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003925 fat Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019197 fats Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000002349 favourable effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012091 fetal bovine serum Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004907 flux Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000004088 foaming agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000021588 free fatty acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 210000001035 gastrointestinal tract Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008103 glucose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004220 glutamic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000013922 glutamic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940045883 glutathione disulfide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-L glutathione disulfide(2-) Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CCC(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)NCC([O-])=O)CSSC[C@@H](C(=O)NCC([O-])=O)NC(=O)CC[C@H]([NH3+])C([O-])=O YPZRWBKMTBYPTK-BJDJZHNGSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000005456 glyceride group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940074045 glyceryl distearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940075507 glyceryl monostearate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002334 glycols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000008187 granular material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007902 hard capsule Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000019622 heart disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N hexane-1,2,3,4,5,6-hexol Chemical compound OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000009474 hot melt extrusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000004677 hydrates Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 1
- TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydroxyl Chemical compound [OH] TUJKJAMUKRIRHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidazoline Chemical compound C1CN=CN1 MTNDZQHUAFNZQY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002883 imidazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N imidurea Chemical compound O=C1NC(=O)N(CO)C1NC(=O)NCNC(=O)NC1C(=O)NC(=O)N1CO ZCTXEAQXZGPWFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940113174 imidurea Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012729 immediate-release (IR) formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003387 indolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001041 indolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 230000006749 inflammatory damage Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001802 infusion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000266 injurious effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001361 intraarterial administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000003456 ion exchange resin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003303 ion-exchange polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000002085 irritant Substances 0.000 description 1
- 231100000021 irritant Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 208000028867 ischemia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000006317 isomerization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002183 isoquinolinyl group Chemical group C1(=NC=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001786 isothiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007951 isotonicity adjuster Substances 0.000 description 1
- NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N kaolin Chemical compound O.O.O=[Al]O[Si](=O)O[Si](=O)O[Al]=O NLYAJNPCOHFWQQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002576 ketones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 210000003734 kidney Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 235000014655 lactic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000004310 lactic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000865 liniment Substances 0.000 description 1
- FKDHHVKWGRFRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N linsidomine Chemical compound [N-]1OC(=N)C=[N+]1N1CCOCC1 FKDHHVKWGRFRTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012669 liquid formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000144972 livestock Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000012931 lyophilized formulation Substances 0.000 description 1
- VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium dihydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[OH-].[Mg+2] VTHJTEIRLNZDEV-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000000347 magnesium hydroxide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910001862 magnesium hydroxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000019341 magnesium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001630 malic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011090 malic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229960002510 mandelic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002483 medication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010197 meta-analysis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021645 metal ion Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 229940098779 methanesulfonic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N methyl p-hydroxycinnamate Natural products OC(=O)C=CC1=CC=CC=C1 WBYWAXJHAXSJNI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000011859 microparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004005 microsphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003801 milling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002950 monocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000002324 mouth wash Substances 0.000 description 1
- LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N n'-hydroxy-2-propan-2-ylsulfonylethanimidamide Chemical compound CC(C)S(=O)(=O)CC(N)=NO LNOPIUAQISRISI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-hexanoic acid Natural products CCCCCC(O)=O FUZZWVXGSFPDMH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001280 n-hexyl group Chemical group C(CCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000740 n-pentyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004123 n-propyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 239000002105 nanoparticle Substances 0.000 description 1
- PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-1-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=CC2=C1 PSZYNBSKGUBXEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N naphthalene-2-sulfonic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=CC(S(=O)(=O)O)=CC=C21 KVBGVZZKJNLNJU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004084 narcotic analgesic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000017074 necrotic cell death Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001971 neopentyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001537 neural effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007372 neural signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008587 neuronal excitability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003512 nicotinic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000000802 nitrating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910017604 nitric acid Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012299 nitrogen atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000344 non-irritating Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007764 o/w emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Chemical compound CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(O)=O QIQXTHQIDYTFRH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N octadecanoic acid Natural products CCCCCCCC(C)CCCCCCCCC(O)=O OQCDKBAXFALNLD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M octadecanoyloxyaluminum;dihydrate Chemical compound O.O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC(=O)O[Al] OIPZNTLJVJGRCI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940127240 opiate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000003204 osmotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000006408 oxalic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002971 oxazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- UHHKSVZZTYJVEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxepane Chemical compound C1CCCOCC1 UHHKSVZZTYJVEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N oxetane Chemical compound C1COC1 AHHWIHXENZJRFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001590 oxidative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pamoic acid Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(CC=3C4=CC=CC=C4C=C(C=3O)C(=O)O)=C(O)C(C(O)=O)=CC2=C1 WLJNZVDCPSBLRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000803 paradoxical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001575 pathological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000037361 pathway Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000312 peanut oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920003175 pectinic acid Polymers 0.000 description 1
- AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentan-3-ol Chemical compound CCC(O)CC AQIXEPGDORPWBJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000008447 perception Effects 0.000 description 1
- 231100000435 percutaneous penetration Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000002085 persistent effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960003742 phenol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002989 phenols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N phenyl(114C)methanol Chemical compound O[14CH2]C1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-ZQBYOMGUSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 208000028591 pheochromocytoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000003013 phosphoric acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004592 phthalazinyl group Chemical group C1(=NN=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000006187 pill Substances 0.000 description 1
- IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N pivalic acid Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(O)=O IUGYQRQAERSCNH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004585 polycyclic heterocycle group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940068968 polysorbate 80 Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000001267 polyvinylpyrrolidone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000036 polyvinylpyrrolidone Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 235000013855 polyvinylpyrrolidone Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001592 potato starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000003334 potential effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000004368 propenyl group Chemical group C(=CC)* 0.000 description 1
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011321 prophylaxis Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000019260 propionic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940095574 propionic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 235000013772 propylene glycol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002568 propynyl group Chemical group [*]C#CC([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000001681 protective effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002685 pulmonary effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000561 purinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=C2N=CNC2=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003373 pyrazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrazolidine Chemical compound C1CNNC1 USPWKWBDZOARPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003226 pyrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002098 pyridazinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000246 pyrimidin-2-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=NC(*)=NC([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004527 pyrimidin-4-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=C(C=C1)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrroline Natural products C1CC=NC1 ZVJHJDDKYZXRJI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229940107700 pyruvic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002294 quinazolinyl group Chemical group N1=C(N=CC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N quinbolone Chemical compound O([C@H]1CC[C@H]2[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@]4(C=CC(=O)C=C4CC3)C)CC[C@@]21C)C1=CCCC1 IUVKMZGDUIUOCP-BTNSXGMBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000005493 quinolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001567 quinoxalinyl group Chemical group N1=C(C=NC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000001959 radiotherapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011552 rat model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035484 reaction time Effects 0.000 description 1
- 102000005962 receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000012552 review Methods 0.000 description 1
- CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N saccharin Chemical compound C1=CC=C2C(=O)NS(=O)(=O)C2=C1 CVHZOJJKTDOEJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940081974 saccharin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000019204 saccharin Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000901 saccharin and its Na,K and Ca salt Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000005713 safflower oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003813 safflower oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 210000003497 sciatic nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000012216 screening Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000035945 sensitivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008313 sensitization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000020341 sensory perception of pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000013207 serial dilution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007493 shaping process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000741 silica gel Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910002027 silica gel Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 238000005549 size reduction Methods 0.000 description 1
- AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N sn-glycerol 3-phosphate Chemical compound OC[C@@H](O)COP(O)(O)=O AWUCVROLDVIAJX-GSVOUGTGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000010413 sodium alginate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000661 sodium alginate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940005550 sodium alginate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000011152 sodium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940048842 sodium xylenesulfonate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- QUCDWLYKDRVKMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;3,4-dimethylbenzenesulfonate Chemical compound [Na+].CC1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C1C QUCDWLYKDRVKMI-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;chloride;hydrate Chemical compound O.[Na+].[Cl-] HPALAKNZSZLMCH-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 239000007962 solid dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006104 solid solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011069 sorbitan monooleate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001593 sorbitan monooleate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940035049 sorbitan monooleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003549 soybean oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012424 soybean oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000003408 sphingolipids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000087 stabilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008117 stearic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960004274 stearic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011550 stock solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004426 substituted alkynyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003107 substituted aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000005346 substituted cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000005846 sugar alcohols Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229950000244 sulfanilic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002653 sulfanylmethyl group Chemical group [H]SC([H])([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfolane Chemical compound O=S1(=O)CCCC1 HXJUTPCZVOIRIF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000001590 sural nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003356 suture material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000006188 syrup Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000020357 syrup Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000454 talc Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052623 talc Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 235000002906 tartaric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000011975 tartaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960001367 tartaric acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002123 temporal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000999 tert-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012085 test solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000147 tetrahydroquinolinyl group Chemical group N1(CCCC2=CC=CC=C12)* 0.000 description 1
- RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrothiophene Chemical compound C1CCSC1 RAOIDOHSFRTOEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000335 thiazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- XSROQCDVUIHRSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N thietane Chemical compound C1CSC1 XSROQCDVUIHRSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiirane Chemical compound C1CS1 VOVUARRWDCVURC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 229940033663 thimerosal Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiomorpholine Chemical compound C1CSCCN1 BRNULMACUQOKMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N tocofersolan Chemical compound OCCOC(=O)CCC(=O)OC1=C(C)C(C)=C2O[C@](CCC[C@H](C)CCC[C@H](C)CCCC(C)C)(C)CCC2=C1C AOBORMOPSGHCAX-DGHZZKTQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000984 tocofersolan Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000606 toothpaste Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940034610 toothpaste Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000010487 tragacanth Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000196 tragacanth Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940116362 tragacanth Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000012549 training Methods 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ODLHGICHYURWBS-LKONHMLTSA-N trappsol cyclo Chemical compound CC(O)COC[C@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]1O)O)O[C@H]2O[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O[C@H]3O[C@H](COCC(C)O)[C@H]([C@@H]([C@H]3O)O)O3)[C@H](O)[C@H]2O)COCC(O)C)O[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]3O[C@@H]1COCC(C)O ODLHGICHYURWBS-LKONHMLTSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H tricalcium bis(phosphate) Chemical compound [Ca+2].[Ca+2].[Ca+2].[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O.[O-]P([O-])([O-])=O QORWJWZARLRLPR-UHFFFAOYSA-H 0.000 description 1
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000012588 trypsin Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001493 tyrosinyl group Chemical group [H]OC1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])(N([H])[H])C(*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000007762 w/o emulsion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000012431 wafers Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000010792 warming Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001993 wax Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003442 weekly effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000012991 xanthate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002076 α-tocopherol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000004835 α-tocopherol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D417/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
- C07D417/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D417/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
Definitions
- Pain is defined as an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience. Pain, however, can be informative and useful. For example, nociceptive pain is often indicative of injury (e.g., tissue damage), and such pain typically evokes escape or protective behaviors in animals or in a human, in order to remove itself, or protect itself, from further exposure to the insult. However, inflammation, cellular and neuronal damage and other processes resulting from injury or disease can lead to states of chronic pathological pain. Hyperalgesia is a condition in which enhanced sensitivity to noxious stimuli is present and thus the perception of pain is exaggerated. Allodynia is a condition in which normally non-noxious stimuli become painful.
- Persistent or chronic pain manifested as hyperalgesia and/or allodynia, remains challenging to treat. Many patients do not respond to existing therapeutics, or have their pain poorly managed (i.e., inadequate relief), or experience relief of an inadequate duration.
- Chronic pain contributes to over $600 billion worth of healthcare expenditures annually, more than the yearly cost of cancer, heart disease, and diabetes combined.
- Neuropathic pain affects between 6 and 10% of the population and is associated with decreased quality of life and socioeconomic burdens exceeding all other chronic pain disorders.
- a recent meta-analysis of more than 200 neuropathic pain clinical trials indicates that the “number needed to treat” (the average number of patients who need to be treated to prevent one additional bad outcome; e.g., the number of patients that need to be treated for one of them to benefit compared with a control in a clinical trial) to achieve even 50% pain relief in this population is between 4 and 10. This astonishing lack of efficacy has a profound influence on patient quality of life and is a source of frustration for caregivers.
- neuropathic pain therapeutics either have unknown mechanisms or are thought to reduce pain by reducing neuronal excitability.
- new, mechanism-based agents that target specific pathways that lead to aberrant neuronal signaling must be developed.
- opioids to treat pain
- tolerance to opioids tachyphylaxis
- opioid-induced hyperalgesia can often result during the course of therapy.
- increasingly higher doses of opioids are needed to provide an acceptable level of pain relief and, in doing so, the patient is thereby subjected to adverse side effects and safety concerns that are characteristic of opioids.
- adverse side effects and safety concerns include respiratory depression, constipation, nausea and vomiting.
- Such patients are likewise more likely to develop dependence on opioids, suffer opioid withdrawal on discontinuation of treatment, and may be more susceptible to engage in abuse of these medications.
- Tachyphylaxis is a phenomenon in which the repeated administration of a drug such as a narcotic analgesic results in a rapidly appearing and marked decrease in the effectiveness of that drug.
- opioid-induced hyperalgesia prolonged administration of opioids also results in a paradoxical increase in pain, or a hypersensitivity to a stimulus that is thought to be unrelated to the original injury or insult.
- Opioid-induced tachyphylaxis and opioid-induced hyperalgesia have been well documented in animal models of nociception as well as in human clinical trials. These phenomena present significant clinical challenges for the treatment of pain and therefore new compounds, which do not act through opioid mechanisms, are needed to treat pain and/or to alleviate hyperalgesia and tolerance.
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- free radicals such as superoxide and hydroxyl radical as well as the powerful oxidants peroxynitrite (OONO ⁇ ), and (hydrogen) peroxide (H 2 O 2 ).
- PN peroxynitrite
- H 2 O 2 hydroxide
- Peroxynitrite has been implicated in the development of opiate-induced antinociceptive (pain) tolerance (tachyphylaxis). Peroxynitrite results from the diffusion-controlled reaction of superoxide (O 2 ⁇ ) and nitric oxide (—NO). Unlike other endogenously produced reactive species/oxidants, peroxynitrite is not managed by enzymatic control. Peroxynitrite formation is facile, unleashing its powerful oxidative properties essentially unchecked, causing downstream effects that can cause pain.
- superoxide is formed from the action of NADPH oxidases and xanthine oxidase, and nitric oxide is produced by nitric oxide synthases (NOS).
- NOS nitric oxide synthases
- Hydrogen peroxide is formed from superoxide and the action of superoxide dismutase.
- cellular stress such as, for example, inflammation, nerve injury, ischemia
- the action of these enzymatic systems can cause nitric oxide, superoxide and peroxide levels to increase significantly, which can lead to neuronal damage, hyperalgesia and allodynia.
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- the present invention provides compounds that can be used to treat pain.
- the compounds of the invention reduce hyperalgesia and/or allodynia.
- the invention includes a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkenyl, C 1 -C 6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl (such as phenyl), arylalkyl (such as phenylalkyl), heteroarylalkyl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted;
- R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or R 3 and R 4 can combine to form C 1 -C 6 alkylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C( ⁇ O)OR, —C( ⁇ O)NRR, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; and
- each occurrence of R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl
- the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Ia), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- R 2 is H.
- Y is S; and R 2 is H.
- W is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C( ⁇ O)OR, and —C( ⁇ O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- the compound of the invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of:
- the invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for diminishing pain in a subject in need thereof.
- the compounds described herein decompose reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- the compounds described herein react with reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- the compounds described herein reduce levels of, and/or inhibit the activity of, reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reduce levels, and/or inhibit the activity, of reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- RNS reactive nitrogen species
- ROS reactive oxygen species
- the compounds described herein cause destruction of reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- the compounds described herein cause destruction of reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- the compounds described herein decompose reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- the compounds described herein decompose reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- the compounds described herein react with reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- the compounds described herein react with reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- the compounds described herein reduce levels, or inhibit activity, of reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- the compounds described herein diminish levels, or inhibit activity, of reactive oxygen species such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- the present invention provides a method of administering a compound of the invention to provide pain relief.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing chronic pain in a subject in need thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing hyperalgesia in a subject in need thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing allodynia in a subject in need thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing spontaneous pain in a subject in need thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing pain arising from surgical procedures, in a subject in need thereof.
- the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing neuropathic pain, such as that arising from diabetes, in a subject in need thereof.
- the invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing neuropathic pain, such as that arising from cancer, chemotherapy or cancer radiation therapy, in a subject in need thereof.
- the articles “a” and “an” refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article.
- an element means one element or more than one element.
- the term “about” is understood by persons of ordinary skill in the art and varies to some extent on the context in which it is used. As used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount, a temporal duration, and the like, the term “about” is meant to encompass variations of 20% or +10%, more preferably +5%, even more preferably +1%, and still more preferably +0.1% from the specified value, as such variations are appropriate to perform the disclosed methods.
- co-administered and “co-administration” as relating to a subject refer to administering to the subject a compound of the invention or salt thereof along with a compound that may also treat diseases and/or disorders contemplated herein.
- the co-administered compounds are administered separately, or in any kind of combination as part of a single therapeutic approach.
- the co-administered compound may be formulated in any kind of combinations as mixtures of solids and liquids under a variety of solid, gel, and liquid formulations, and as a solution.
- CYP450 as applied to enzymes refers to cytochrome P450 family of enzymes.
- a “disease” is a state of health of a subject wherein the subject cannot maintain homeostasis, and wherein if the disease is not ameliorated then the subject's health continues to deteriorate.
- a “disorder” in a subject is a state of health in which the subject is able to maintain homeostasis, but in which the subject's state of health is less favorable than it would be in the absence of the disorder. Left untreated, a disorder does not necessarily cause a further decrease in the subject's state of health.
- ED 50 refers to the effective dose of a formulation that produces 50% of the maximal effect in subjects that are administered that formulation.
- an “effective amount,” “therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” of a compound is that amount of compound that is sufficient to provide a beneficial effect to the subject to which the compound is administered.
- composition refers to a mixture of at least one compound useful within the invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- the pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to a subject.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound useful within the invention, and is relatively non-toxic, i.e., the material may be administered to a subject without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
- the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier, such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound useful within the invention within or to the subject such that it may perform its intended function.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound useful within the invention within or to the subject such that it may perform its intended function.
- Such constructs are carried or transported from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body.
- Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the compound useful within the invention, and not injurious to the subject.
- materials that may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; surface active agents; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline
- “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” also includes any and all coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are compatible with the activity of the compound useful within the invention, and are physiologically acceptable to the subject. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions.
- the “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” may further include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound useful within the invention.
- Other additional ingredients that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions used in the practice of the invention are known in the art and described, for example in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Genaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., 1985, Easton, Pa.), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt of the administered compound prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids and bases, including inorganic acids, inorganic bases, organic acids, inorganic bases, solvates, hydrates, and clathrates thereof.
- a “subject” may be a human or non-human mammal or a bird.
- Non-human mammals include, for example, livestock and pets, such as ovine, bovine, porcine, canine, feline and murine mammals.
- the subject is human.
- treat means reducing the frequency or severity with which symptoms of a disease or condition are experienced by a subject by virtue of administering an agent or compound to the subject.
- alkyl by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain, or cyclic substituent groups. Examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, and cyclopropylmethyl.
- alkylene by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 1 -C 10 means one to ten carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain, or cyclic substituent groups, wherein the group has two open valencies. Examples include methylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,1-ethylene, 1,1-propylene, 1,2-propylene and 1,3-propylene.
- cycloalkyl by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a cyclic chain hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C 3 -C 6 means a cyclic group comprising a ring group consisting of three to six carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain or cyclic substituent groups. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Most preferred is (C 3 -C 6 )cycloalkyl, such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
- alkenyl means, unless otherwise stated, a stable mono-unsaturated or di-unsaturated straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms. Examples include vinyl, propenyl (or allyl), crotyl, isopentenyl, butadienyl, 1,3-pentadienyl, 1,4-pentadienyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- a functional group representing an alkene is exemplified by —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH 2 .
- alkynyl employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group with a triple carbon-carbon bond, having the stated number of carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples include ethynyl and propynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers.
- propargylic refers to a group exemplified by —CH 2 —C ⁇ CH.
- the term “homopropargylic” refers to a group exemplified by —CH 2 CH 2 —C ⁇ CH.
- substituted propargylic refers to a group exemplified by —CR 2 —C ⁇ CR, wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, with the proviso that at least one R group is not hydrogen.
- substituted homopropargylic refers to a group exemplified by —CR 2 CR 2 —C ⁇ CR, wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, with the proviso that at least one R group is not hydrogen.
- substituted alkyl means alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, as defined above, substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkoxy, tetrahydro-2-H-pyranyl, —NH 2 , —N(CH 3 ) 2 , (1-methyl-imidazol-2-yl), pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, —C( ⁇ O)OH, trifluoromethyl, —C ⁇ N, —C( ⁇ O)O(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C( ⁇ O)NH 2 , —C( ⁇ O)NH(C 1 -C 4 )alkyl, —C
- substituted alkyls include, but are not limited to, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 2-carboxycyclopentyl and 3-chloropropyl.
- the substituted alkyl is not substituted with a hydroxy group.
- alkoxy employed alone or in combination with other terms means, unless otherwise stated, an alkyl group having the designated number of carbon atoms, as defined above, connected to the rest of the molecule via an oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, 1-propoxy, 2-propoxy (isopropoxy) and the higher homologs and isomers.
- oxygen atom such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, 1-propoxy, 2-propoxy (isopropoxy) and the higher homologs and isomers.
- halo or “halogen” alone or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom, preferably, fluorine, chlorine, or bromine, more preferably, fluorine or chlorine.
- heteroalkyl by itself or in combination with another term means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain alkyl group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and one or two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may be optionally quaternized.
- the heteroatom(s) may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including between the rest of the heteroalkyl group and the fragment to which it is attached, as well as attached to the most distal carbon atom in the heteroalkyl group.
- Examples include: —O—CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 3 , —CH 2 —CH 2 —CH 2 —OH, —CH 2 —CH 2 —NH—CH 3 , —CH 2 —S—CH 2 —CH 3 , and —CH 2 CH 2 —S( ⁇ O)—CH 3 .
- Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH 2 —NH—OCH 3 , or —CH 2 —CH 2 —S—S—CH 3 .
- heteroalkenyl by itself or in combination with another term means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain monounsaturated or di-unsaturated hydrocarbon group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and one or two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. Up to two heteroatoms may be placed consecutively.
- Examples include —CH ⁇ CH—O—CH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—CH 2 —OH, —CH 2 —CH ⁇ N—OCH 3 , —CH ⁇ CH—N(CH 3 )—CH 3 , and —CH 2 —CH ⁇ CH ⁇ CH 2 —SH.
- aromatic refers to a carbocycle or heterocycle with one or more polyunsaturated rings and having aromatic character, i.e. having (4n+2) delocalized ⁇ (pi) electrons, where n is an integer.
- aryl employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or more rings (typically one, two or three rings) wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendent manner, such as a biphenyl, or may be fused, such as naphthalene.
- rings typically one, two or three rings
- naphthalene such as naphthalene.
- examples include phenyl, anthracyl, and naphthyl. Preferred are phenyl and naphthyl, most preferred is phenyl.
- aryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl means a functional group wherein a one to three carbon alkylene chain is attached to an aryl group, e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 -phenyl or —CH 2 -phenyl (benzyl). Preferred is aryl-CH 2 — and aryl-CH(CH 3 )—.
- substituted aryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl means an aryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl functional group in which the aryl group is substituted. Preferred is substituted aryl(CH 2 )—.
- heteroaryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl means a functional group wherein a one to three carbon alkylene chain is attached to a heteroaryl group, e.g., —CH 2 CH 2 -pyridyl. Preferred is heteroaryl-(CH 2 )—.
- substituted heteroaryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl means a heteroaryl-(C 1 -C 3 )alkyl functional group in which the heteroaryl group is substituted. Preferred is substituted heteroaryl-(CH 2 )—.
- heterocycle or “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, an unsubstituted or substituted, stable, mono- or multi-cyclic heterocyclic ring system that consists of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized.
- the heterocyclic system may be attached, unless otherwise stated, at any heteroatom or carbon atom that affords a stable structure.
- a heterocycle may be aromatic or non-aromatic in nature. In certain embodiments, the heterocycle is a heteroaryl.
- heteroaryl or “heteroaromatic” refers to a heterocycle having aromatic character.
- a polycyclic heteroaryl may include one or more rings that are partially saturated. Examples include tetrahydroquinoline and 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl.
- non-aromatic heterocycles include monocyclic groups such as aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, imidazoline, pyrazolidine, dioxolane, sulfolane, 2,3-dihydrofuran, 2,5-dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiophane, piperidine, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4-dihydropyridine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, pyran, 2,3-dihydropyran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, homopiperazine, homopiperidine, 1,3-dioxepane, 4,7-dihydro-1,3-dioxepin and hexamethyleneoxide.
- heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl (such as, but not limited to, 2- and 4-pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl.
- polycyclic heterocycles include indolyl (such as, but not limited to, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-indolyl), indolinyl, quinolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl (such as, but not limited to, 1- and 5-isoquinolyl), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl (such as, but not limited to, 2- and 5-quinoxalinyl), quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, coumarin, dihydrocoumarin, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, benzofuryl (such as, but not limited to, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-benzofuryl), 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,2-benzisoxazolyl, benzothien
- heterocyclyl and heteroaryl moieties are intended to be representative and not limiting.
- substituted means that an atom or group of atoms has replaced hydrogen as the substituent attached to another group.
- substituted refers to any level of substitution, namely mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, or penta-substitution, where such substitution is permitted.
- the substituents are independently selected, and substitution may be at any chemically accessible position. In certain embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and four. In other embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and three. In yet other embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and two.
- the substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of C 1-6 alkyl, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy, halo, amino, acetamido and nitro.
- the carbon chain may be branched, straight or cyclic, with straight being preferred.
- range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible sub-ranges as well as individual numerical values within that range and, when appropriate, partial integers of the numerical values within ranges. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 2.7, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
- “Tautomers” are structurally distinct isomers that interconvert by tautomerization. “Tautomerization” is a form of isomerization involving the migration of a proton accompanied by changes in bond order, often the interchange of a single bond with an adjacent double bond.
- tautomerization is possible (e.g. in solution)
- a chemical equilibrium of tautomers can be reached.
- One well-known example of tautomerization is between a ketone and its corresponding enol.
- Compounds contemplated within the invention may also undergo tautomerization (to each other) and may exist in anti- or syn-imino-thiazoline forms or as a mixture thereof.
- the compounds of formula (I) can exist as tautomeric amino-thiazolidine and imino-thiazoline compounds of formulae (IIa), including either or both anti- and syn-regiomers (relative to Y) in the case of imino-thiazoline; or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- Compounds contemplated within the invention can contain a basic nitrogen that can be protonated by a sufficiently strong protic acid. Although any sufficiently strong protic acid may be used, pharmaceutically acceptable acids are preferred so that pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts are formed. “Pharmaceutically acceptable acid” refers to those acids that are not toxic or otherwise biologically undesirable. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be formed with pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic acids including, but not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may also be formed with pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids.
- pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids include but are not limited to, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid,
- a compound of formula (Ia) can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 1.
- a 3-hydroxy-2-amino-pyridine (A) is reacted with an alkyl xanthate (such as, but not limited to, potassium ethyl xanthate) to give the cyclized oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thiol product (B).
- a chlorinating agent such as, but not limited to, thionyl chloride
- C 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine
- compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 2.
- An S-protected 2-amino-ethanethiol such as, but not limited to, S-trityl-cysteine
- C 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine
- D 2-aminobenzoxazole
- Deprotection such as, but not limited to, detritylation affords thiazolidine compounds (I) of this invention.
- compounds of formula (I) can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 3.
- a cyanating reagent such as cyanogen bromide
- the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, which are useful to practice methods of the invention.
- a pharmaceutical composition may consist of at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, in a form suitable for administration to a subject, or the pharmaceutical composition may comprise at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more additional ingredients, or some combination of these.
- At least one compound of the invention may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in the form of a physiologically acceptable salt, such as in combination with a physiologically acceptable cation or anion, as is well known in the art.
- the pharmaceutical compositions useful for practicing the method of the invention may be administered to deliver a dose of between 1 ng/kg/day and 100 mg/kg/day. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions useful for practicing the invention may be administered to deliver a dose of between 1 ng/kg/day and 1,000 mg/kg/day.
- compositions of the invention will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered.
- the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100% (w/w) active ingredient.
- compositions that are useful in the methods of the invention may be suitably developed for nasal, inhalational, oral, rectal, vaginal, pleural, peritoneal, parenteral, topical, transdermal, pulmonary, intranasal, buccal, ophthalmic, epidural, intrathecal, intravenous or another route of administration.
- a composition useful within the methods of the invention may be directly administered to the brain, the brainstem, or any other part of the central nervous system of a mammal or bird.
- Other contemplated formulations include projected nanoparticles, microspheres, liposomal preparations, coated particles, polymer conjugates, resealed erythrocytes containing the active ingredient, and immunologically-based formulations.
- compositions of the invention are part of a pharmaceutical matrix, which allows for manipulation of insoluble materials and improvement of the bioavailability thereof, development of controlled or sustained release products, and generation of homogeneous compositions.
- a pharmaceutical matrix may be prepared using hot melt extrusion, solid solutions, solid dispersions, size reduction technologies, molecular complexes (e.g., cyclodextrins, and others), microparticulate, and particle and formulation coating processes. Amorphous or crystalline phases may be used in such processes.
- the route(s) of administration will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan and will depend upon any number of factors including the type and severity of the disease being treated, the type and age of the veterinary or human patient being treated, and the like.
- compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology and pharmaceutics.
- preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with a carrier or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary or desirable, shaping or packaging the product into a desired single-dose or multi-dose unit.
- a “unit dose” is a discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient.
- the amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient that would be administered to a subject or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage.
- the unit dosage form may be for a single daily dose or one of multiple daily doses (e.g., about 1 to 4 or more times per day). When multiple daily doses are used, the unit dosage form may be the same or different for each dose.
- compositions suitable for ethical administration to humans are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions suitable for ethical administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation. Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and other primates, mammals including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, and dogs.
- compositions of the invention are formulated using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers.
- the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include, but are not limited to, glycerol, water, saline, ethanol, recombinant human albumin (e.g., RECOMBUMIN®), solubilized gelatins (e.g., GELOFUSINE®), and other pharmaceutically acceptable salt solutions such as phosphates and salts of organic acids. Examples of these and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1991, Mack Publication Co., New Jersey).
- the carrier may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), recombinant human albumin, solubilized gelatins, suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils.
- the proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants.
- Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like.
- isotonic agents for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as mannitol and sorbitol, are included in the composition.
- Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be brought about by including in the composition an agent that delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
- Formulations may be employed in admixtures with conventional excipients, i.e., pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, inhalational, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, enteral, or any other suitable mode of administration, known to the art.
- the pharmaceutical preparations may be sterilized and if desired mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or fragrance-conferring substances and the like.
- additional ingredients include, but are not limited to, one or more ingredients that may be used as a pharmaceutical carrier.
- the composition of the invention may comprise a preservative from about 0.005% to 2.0% by total weight of the composition.
- the preservative is used to prevent spoilage in the case of exposure to contaminants in the environment.
- Examples of preservatives useful in accordance with the invention include but are not limited to those selected from the group consisting of benzyl alcohol, sorbic acid, parabens, imidurea and combinations thereof.
- One such preservative is a combination of about 0.5% to 2.0% benzyl alcohol and 0.05% to 0.5% sorbic acid.
- the composition may include an antioxidant and a chelating agent which inhibit the degradation of the compound.
- Antioxidants for some compounds are BHT, BHA, alpha-tocopherol and ascorbic acid in the exemplary range of about 0.01% to 0.3%, or BHT in the range of 0.03% to 0.1% by weight by total weight of the composition.
- the chelating agent may be present in an amount of from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight by total weight of the composition.
- Exemplary chelating agents include edetate salts (e.g. disodium edetate) and citric acid in the weight range of about 0.01% to 0.20%, or in the range of 0.02% to 0.10% by weight by total weight of the composition.
- the chelating agent is useful for chelating metal ions in the composition that may be detrimental to the shelf life of the formulation. While BHT and disodium edetate are exemplary antioxidant and chelating agent, respectively, for some compounds, other suitable and equivalent antioxidants and chelating agents may be substituted therefore as would be known to those skilled in the art.
- Liquid suspensions may be prepared using conventional methods to achieve suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily vehicle.
- Aqueous vehicles include, for example, water, and isotonic saline.
- Oily vehicles include, for example, almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, vegetable oils such as arachis, olive, sesame, or coconut oil, fractionated vegetable oils, and mineral oils such as liquid paraffin.
- Liquid suspensions may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, suspending agents, dispersing or wetting agents, emulsifying agents, demulcents, preservatives, buffers, salts, flavorings, coloring agents, and sweetening agents.
- Oily suspensions may further comprise a thickening agent.
- suspending agents include, but are not limited to, sorbitol syrup, hydrogenated edible fats, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, gum acacia, and cellulose derivatives such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose.
- Known dispersing or wetting agents include, but are not limited to, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation products of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol, or with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate, heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, respectively).
- naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin
- condensation products of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid with a long chain aliphatic alcohol
- with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol or with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexito
- emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, lecithin, acacia, and ionic or non ionic surfactants.
- Known preservatives include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl para-hydroxybenzoates, ascorbic acid, and sorbic acid.
- Known sweetening agents include, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, sucrose, and saccharin.
- Liquid solutions of the active ingredient in aqueous or oily solvents may be prepared in substantially the same manner as liquid suspensions, the primary difference being that the active ingredient is dissolved, rather than suspended in the solvent.
- an “oily” liquid is one which comprises a carbon-containing liquid molecule and which exhibits a less polar character than water.
- Liquid solutions of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise each of the components described with regard to liquid suspensions, it being understood that suspending agents will not necessarily aid dissolution of the active ingredient in the solvent.
- Aqueous solvents include, for example, water, and isotonic saline.
- Oily solvents include, for example, almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, vegetable oils such as arachis, olive, sesame, or coconut oil, fractionated vegetable oils, and mineral oils such as liquid paraffin.
- Powdered and granular formulations of a pharmaceutical preparation of the invention may be prepared using known methods. Such formulations may be administered directly to a subject, used, for example, to form tablets, to fill capsules, or to prepare an aqueous or oily suspension or solution by addition of an aqueous or oily vehicle thereto. Each of these formulations may further comprise one or more of dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, ionic and non-ionic surfactants, and a preservative. Additional excipients, such as fillers and sweetening, flavoring, or coloring agents, may also be included in these formulations.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also be prepared, packaged, or sold in the form of oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion.
- the oily phase may be a vegetable oil such as olive or arachis oil, a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin, or a combination of these.
- compositions may further comprise one or more emulsifying agents such as naturally occurring gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soybean or lecithin phosphatide, esters or partial esters derived from combinations of fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of such partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate.
- emulsions may also contain additional ingredients including, for example, sweetening or flavoring agents.
- Methods for impregnating or coating a material with a chemical composition include, but are not limited to methods of depositing or binding a chemical composition onto a surface, methods of incorporating a chemical composition into the structure of a material during the synthesis of the material (i.e., such as with a physiologically degradable material), and methods of absorbing an aqueous or oily solution or suspension into an absorbent material, with or without subsequent drying.
- Methods for mixing components include physical milling, the use of pellets in solid and suspension formulations and mixing in a transdermal patch, as known to those skilled in the art.
- the regimen of administration may affect what constitutes an effective amount.
- the therapeutic formulations may be administered to the patient either prior to or after the onset of a disease or disorder. Further, several divided dosages, as well as staggered dosages may be administered daily or sequentially, or the dose may be continuously infused, or may be a bolus injection. Further, the dosages of the therapeutic formulations may be proportionally increased or decreased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic or prophylactic situation.
- compositions of the present invention may be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to treat a disease or disorder contemplated herein.
- An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the activity of the particular compound employed; the time of administration; the rate of excretion of the compound; the duration of the treatment; other drugs, compounds or materials used in combination with the compound; the state of the disease or disorder, age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well-known in the medical arts. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response.
- an effective dose range for a therapeutic compound of the invention is from about 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of body weight/per day.
- One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to study the relevant factors and make the determination regarding the effective amount of the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation.
- the compound may be administered to an animal as frequently as several times daily, or it may be administered less frequently, such as once a day, once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, or even less frequently, such as once every several months or even once a year or less.
- the amount of compound dosed per day may be administered, in non-limiting examples, every day, every other day, every 2 days, every 3 days, every 4 days, or every 5 days.
- a 5 mg per day dose may be initiated on Monday with a first subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Wednesday, a second subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Friday, and so on.
- the frequency of the dose is readily apparent to the skilled artisan and depends upon a number of factors, such as, but not limited to, type and severity of the disease being treated, and type and age of the animal.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- a medical doctor e.g., physician or veterinarian, having ordinary skill in the art may readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required.
- physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- dosage unit form refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the patients to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
- the dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding/formulating such a therapeutic compound for the treatment of a disease or disorder in a patient.
- compositions of the invention are administered to the patient in dosages that range from one to five times per day or more.
- the compositions of the invention are administered to the patient in range of dosages that include, but are not limited to, once every day, every two days, every three days to once a week, and once every two weeks.
- the frequency of administration of the various combination compositions of the invention will vary from subject to subject depending on many factors including, but not limited to, age, disease or disorder to be treated, gender, overall health, and other factors.
- the invention should not be construed to be limited to any particular dosage regime and the precise dosage and composition to be administered to any patient will be determined by the attending physician taking all other factors about the patient into account.
- Compounds of the invention for administration may be in the range of from about 1 ⁇ g to about 7,500 mg, about 20 ⁇ g to about 7,000 mg, about 40 ⁇ g to about 6,500 mg, about 80 ⁇ g to about 6,000 mg, about 100 ⁇ g to about 5,500 mg, about 200 ⁇ g to about 5,000 mg, about 400 ⁇ g to about 4,000 mg, about 800 ⁇ g to about 3,000 mg, about 1 mg to about 2,500 mg, about 2 mg to about 2,000 mg, about 5 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 10 mg to about 750 mg, about 20 mg to about 600 mg, about 30 mg to about 500 mg, about 40 mg to about 400 mg, about 50 mg to about 300 mg, about 60 mg to about 250 mg, about 70 mg to about 200 mg, about 80 mg to about 150 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments there-in-between.
- the dose of a compound of the invention is from about 0.5 ⁇ g and about 5,000 mg. In some embodiments, a dose of a compound of the invention used in compositions described herein is less than about 5,000 mg, or less than about 4,000 mg, or less than about 3,000 mg, or less than about 2,000 mg, or less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 50 mg.
- a dose of a second compound as described herein is less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 400 mg, or less than about 300 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 100 mg, or less than about 50 mg, or less than about 40 mg, or less than about 30 mg, or less than about 25 mg, or less than about 20 mg, or less than about 15 mg, or less than about 10 mg, or less than about 5 mg, or less than about 2 mg, or less than about 1 mg, or less than about 0.5 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof.
- the present invention is directed to a packaged pharmaceutical composition
- a packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with a second pharmaceutical agent; and instructions for using the compound to treat, prevent, or reduce one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder in a patient.
- the term “container” includes any receptacle for holding the pharmaceutical composition or for managing stability or water uptake.
- the container is the packaging that contains the pharmaceutical composition, such as liquid (solution and suspension), semisolid, lyophilized solid, solution and powder or lyophilized formulation present in dual chambers.
- the container is not the packaging that contains the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., the container is a receptacle, such as a box or vial that contains the packaged pharmaceutical composition or unpackaged pharmaceutical composition and the instructions for use of the pharmaceutical composition.
- packaging techniques are well known in the art.
- the instructions for use of the pharmaceutical composition may be contained on the packaging containing the pharmaceutical composition, and as such the instructions form an increased functional relationship to the packaged product.
- the instructions may contain information pertaining to the compound's ability to perform its intended function, e.g., treating, preventing, or reducing a disease or disorder in a patient.
- Routes of administration of any of the compositions of the invention include inhalational, oral, nasal, rectal, parenteral, sublingual, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal, and (trans)rectal), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, epidural, intrapleural, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- inhalational e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, epidural, intrapleural, intraperitone
- compositions and dosage forms include, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, gel caps, troches, emulsions, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, granules, beads, transdermal patches, gels, powders, pellets, magmas, lozenges, creams, pastes, plasters, lotions, discs, suppositories, liquid sprays for nasal or oral administration, dry powder or aerosolized formulations for inhalation, compositions and formulations for intravesical administration and the like. It should be understood that the formulations and compositions that would be useful in the present invention are not limited to the particular formulations and compositions that are described herein.
- compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known in the art and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of inert, non-toxic, generally recognized as safe (GRAS) pharmaceutically excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets.
- GRAS inert, non-toxic, generally recognized as safe
- excipients include, for example an inert diluent such as lactose; granulating and disintegrating agents such as cornstarch; binding agents such as starch; and lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate.
- Tablets may be non-coated or they may be coated using known methods to achieve delayed disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract of a subject, thereby providing sustained release and absorption of the active ingredient.
- a material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be used to coat tablets.
- tablets may be coated using methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotically controlled release tablets.
- Tablets may further comprise a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a coloring agent, a preservative, or some combination of these in order to provide for pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparation.
- Hard capsules comprising the active ingredient may be made using a physiologically degradable composition, such as gelatin.
- the capsules comprise the active ingredient, and may further comprise additional ingredients including, for example, an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, or kaolin.
- parenteral administration of a pharmaceutical composition includes any route of administration characterized by physical breaching of a tissue of a subject and administration of the pharmaceutical composition through the breach in the tissue.
- Parenteral administration thus includes, but is not limited to, administration of a pharmaceutical composition by injection of the composition, by application of the composition through a surgical incision, by application of the composition through a tissue-penetrating non-surgical wound, and the like.
- parenteral administration is contemplated to include, but is not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, and kidney dialytic infusion techniques.
- Formulations of a pharmaceutical composition suitable for parenteral administration comprise the active ingredient combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as sterile water or sterile isotonic saline.
- a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier such as sterile water or sterile isotonic saline.
- Such formulations may be prepared, packaged, or sold in a form suitable for bolus administration or for continuous administration.
- Injectable formulations may be prepared, packaged, or sold in unit dosage form, such as in ampules or in multidose containers containing a preservative. Injectable formulations may also be prepared, packaged, or sold in devices such as patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) devices.
- PCA patient-controlled analgesia
- Formulations for parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, suspensions, solutions, emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, pastes, and implantable sustained-release or biodegradable formulations. Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, suspending, stabilizing, or dispersing agents.
- the active ingredient is provided in dry (i.e., powder or granular) form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) prior to parenteral administration of the reconstituted composition.
- compositions may be prepared, packaged, or sold in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension or solution.
- This suspension or solution may be formulated according to the known art, and may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, additional ingredients such as the dispersing agents, wetting agents, or suspending agents described herein.
- Such sterile injectable formulations may be prepared using a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as water or 1,3-butanediol, for example.
- a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent such as water or 1,3-butanediol, for example.
- Other acceptable diluents and solvents include, but are not limited to, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride solution, and fixed oils such as synthetic mono- or di-glycerides.
- compositions for sustained release or implantation may comprise pharmaceutically acceptable polymeric or hydrophobic materials such as an emulsion, an ion exchange resin, a sparingly soluble polymer, or a sparingly soluble salt.
- stratum corneum layer of the epidermis An obstacle for topical administration of pharmaceuticals is the stratum corneum layer of the epidermis.
- the stratum corneum is a highly resistant layer comprised of protein, cholesterol, sphingolipids, free fatty acids and various other lipids, and includes cornified and living cells.
- One of the factors that limit the penetration rate (flux) of a compound through the stratum corneum is the amount of the active substance that can be loaded or applied onto the skin surface. The greater the amount of active substance which is applied per unit of area of the skin, the greater the concentration gradient between the skin surface and the lower layers of the skin, and in turn the greater the diffusion force of the active substance through the skin. Therefore, a formulation containing a greater concentration of the active substance is more likely to result in penetration of the active substance through the skin, and more of it, and at a more consistent rate, than a formulation having a lesser concentration, all other things being equal.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes, and solutions or suspensions.
- Topically administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of the active ingredient may be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent.
- Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
- Enhancers of permeation may be used. These materials increase the rate of penetration of drugs across the skin. Typical enhancers in the art include ethanol, glycerol monolaurate, PGML (polyethylene glycol monolaurate), dimethylsulfoxide, and the like. Other enhancers include oleic acid, oleyl alcohol, ethoxydiglycol, laurocapram, alkanecarboxylic acids, dimethylsulfoxide, polar lipids, or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
- compositions of the invention may contain liposomes.
- the composition of the liposomes and their use are known in the art (i.e., U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,219).
- the topically active pharmaceutical composition may be optionally combined with other ingredients such as adjuvants, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, surfactants, foaming agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, viscosifiers, buffering agents, preservatives, and the like.
- a permeation or penetration enhancer is included in the composition and is effective in improving the percutaneous penetration of the active ingredient into and through the stratum corneum with respect to a composition lacking the permeation enhancer.
- compositions may further comprise a hydrotropic agent, which functions to increase disorder in the structure of the stratum corneum, and thus allows increased transport across the stratum corneum.
- hydrotropic agents such as isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, or sodium xylene sulfonate, are known to those of skill in the art.
- the topically active pharmaceutical composition should be applied in an amount effective to affect desired changes.
- amount effective shall mean an amount sufficient to cover the region of skin surface where a change is desired.
- An active compound should be present in the amount of from about 0.0001% to about 15% by weight volume of the composition. For example, it should be present in an amount from about 0.0005% to about 5% of the composition; for example, it should be present in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 1% of the composition.
- Such compounds may be synthetically- or naturally derived.
- a pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be prepared, packaged, or sold in a formulation suitable for buccal administration.
- a formulation suitable for buccal administration may, for example, be in the form of tablets or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may contain, for example, 0.1 to 20% (w/w) of the active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
- formulations suitable for buccal administration may comprise a powder or an aerosolized or atomized solution or suspension comprising the active ingredient.
- Such powdered, aerosolized, or aerosolized formulations when dispersed, may have an average particle or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers, and may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
- the examples of formulations described herein are not exhaustive and it is understood that the invention includes additional modifications of these and other formulations not described herein, but which are known to those of skill in the art.
- Suppository formulations may be made by combining the active ingredient with a non-irritating pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which is solid at ordinary room temperature (i.e., about 20° C.) and which is liquid at the rectal temperature of the subject (i.e., about 37° C. in a healthy human).
- Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycols, and various glycerides.
- Suppository formulations may further comprise various additional ingredients including, but not limited to, antioxidants, and preservatives.
- Retention enema preparations or solutions for rectal or colonic irrigation may be made by combining the active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier.
- enema preparations may be administered using, and may be packaged within, a delivery device adapted to the rectal anatomy of the subject.
- Enema preparations may further comprise various additional ingredients including, but not limited to, antioxidants, and preservatives.
- Additional dosage forms of this invention include dosage forms as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,340,475, 6,488,962, 6,451,808, 5,972,389, 5,582,837, and 5,007,790. Additional dosage forms of this invention also include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patent Applications Nos. 20030147952, 20030104062, 20030104053, 20030044466, 20030039688, and 20020051820. Additional dosage forms of this invention also include dosage forms as described in PCT Applications Nos.
- the compounds may be formulated with a suitable polymer or hydrophobic material which provides sustained release properties to the compounds.
- the compounds for use the method of the invention may be administered in the form of microparticles, for example, by injection or in the form of wafers or discs by implantation.
- the compounds useful within the invention are administered to a subject, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation.
- delayed release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for an initial release of the drug after some delay following drug administration and that may, although not necessarily, include a delay of from about 10 minutes up to about 12 hours.
- pulsatile release is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides release of the drug in such a way as to produce pulsed plasma profiles of the drug after drug administration.
- short-term refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes and any or all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration after drug administration.
- rapid-offset refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration.
- reaction conditions including but not limited to reaction times, reaction size/volume, and experimental reagents, such as solvents, catalysts, pressures, atmospheric conditions, e.g., nitrogen atmosphere, and reducing/oxidizing agents, with art-recognized alternatives and using no more than routine experimentation, are within the scope of the present application.
- range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 2.7, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
- Oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine-2-thiol (20) (1.60 g, 10.51 mmol) was reacted with thionyl chloride using procedure described for compound (16) to afford 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine hydrochloride (21) (1.60 g, 80% yield).
- N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-S-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-L-cysteine (24) 120 mg, 0.35 mmol was suspended in 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The volatiles were then removed and the residue was treated with diethyl ether (10 mL).
- Luminol-like compounds such as L-012 are chemilumescent probes that are oxidized by the presence of ROS and RNS such as peroxynitrite.
- L-012 is oxidized by the addition of 3-morpholino-sydnonimine (SIN-1), a known peroxynitrite generator.
- SIN-1 3-morpholino-sydnonimine
- the emitted luminescence is directly proportional to the concentration of SIN-1.
- the compounds were assessed for their ability to neutralize/scavenge/decompose peroxynitrite by blocking the increase of peroxynitrite induced chemilumescence. Concentrations of compound producing 50% inhibition of the luminescence signal (IC 50 values) were calculated by testing the compounds at various concentrations of two parallel measurements. In the screening mode the concentration-response curve with IC 50 value determination was repeated if the lowest concentration of compound did not reach about 70 to 100% of control value.
- PBS phosphate-buffered solution
- Luminescence signal was recorded by Hidex Sense multimodal microplate reader (Hidex) at 30° C. for 30 min, with a measurement every 60 sec and an integration time of 1 sec.
- IC 50 values were calculated using two different methods; first by measuring the slopes of the steepest linear portion of the kinetic profile during the first 5 min (as % from control) and secondly, by measuring the maximal luminiscence at 30 min time point (as % from control). IC 50 values of the tested compounds were calculated using GraphPad Prism 5.0 software package.
- ATPlite is an Adenosine TriPhosphate monitoring system based on firefly luciferase. ATP monitoring was used as a measure of PC12 cell viability, as it is present in all metabolically active cells and its concentration very rapidly declines as cells undergo necrosis and apoptosis. ATPlite is based upon the production of light given off during the reaction of ATP & D-Luciferin in the presence of Luciferase. The emitted light is proportional to the ATP concentration. Compounds of the invention were assessed for their ability to inhibit SIN-1 induced cell toxicity. Inhibitory concentrations, IC 50 values, were calculated by testing compounds of the invention at various concentrations and averaging the IC 50 of two plates.
- rat pheochromocytoma cells PC12 cells were dissociated from T75 flasks with 0.25% trypsin/EDTA for approximately 2 minutes. Cells were harvested by adding 10 mL of F12K media to each flask and collecting cells into a sterile 15 mL conical tube. From this, 10 ⁇ L of cells were placed into 90 ⁇ L of trypan blue in a 1.5 mL microfuge tube. This was equal to a dilution factor of 10. The microfuge tube was mixed via vortex briefly, and 10 ⁇ L was added into one side of a hemacytometer.
- PC12 rat pheochromocytoma cells
- the cells were counted in the 4 large corner quadrants of the hemacytometer under the inverted microscope at 10 ⁇ and the average of the 4 quadrants was calculated. Blue cells were not counted as these cells represented non-viable cells.
- Harvested cells were diluted in F12K media containing high serum (10% horse serum, 5% fetal bovine serum, 1% penicillin streptomycin) so that there were 300,000 cells in 1 mL. From this, 100 ⁇ L of cells/media were added to a sterile, clear-bottom collagen-coated 96-well plate (30,000 cells/well). The cells were allowed to attach overnight at 37° C., 5% CO 2 .
- ATPlite 1 step luminescence ATP detection Assay system (Perkin Elmer, #6016731)
- 100 ⁇ l/well of lyophilized solution was added and mixed on an orbital plate shaker for 2 min at 250 rpm. The plate was read within 5 min the FlexStation3 in luminescence mode.
- Luminescence signal was recorded by the FlexStation3 and percent of control was calculated. The wells containing only cells were used to calculate 100% of control, wells containing only SIN-1 was used to calculate 0%. The remaining data was plotted as % of control by subtracting the average of the SIN-1 controls and dividing by the 100% control value.
- mice All behavioral studies were conducted using male C57B16 (Taconic Laboratories) mice weighing between 20 and 25 grams. Mice were used in behavioral experiments starting one week after arrival. Animals were housed with a 12 h light/dark cycle and had food and water available ad libitum.
- mice were placed in acrylic boxes with wire mesh floors and allowed to habituate for 1 hr. After pretreatment mechanical thresholds were recorded, animals received intraplantar injections of NGF (50 ng, Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) or TL6 (0.1 ng, R&D Systems) in a volume of 25 ⁇ L sterile 0.9% saline. Calibrated Von Frey filaments (Stoelting) were used for mechanical stimulation of the plantar surface of the left hindpaw and withdrawal thresholds were calculated using the up-down method (Chaplan, et al., 1994, J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63).
- Paw withdrawal thresholds were measured at 1 hr, 3 hr, 24 hr, 48 h and 72 h post injection.
- Mouse grimace scale measurements were made from videos captured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h after injection of compounds as described previously (Langford, et al., 2010, Nature Methods 7:447-449).
- a mouse model for ‘hyperalgesic priming’ originally developed by Levine and colleagues (for review see Reichling, et al., 2009, Trends Neurosci. 32:611-618) and adapted for mice (Asiedu, et al., 2011, J. Neurosci. 31:6646-6653) was used for the study.
- mice were baselined for mechanical thresholds after recovery from NGF or IL6 mechanical hypersensitivity and subsequently injected in the left hindpaw with 100 ng of prostaglandin E 2 (PGE 2 , Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich., USA) in 25 ⁇ l sterile 0.9% NaCl. Following PGE 2 injection, paw withdrawal thresholds were again measured at 1 hr, 3 hr and 24 hr following the PGE 2 injection. Mouse grimace scale measurements were made from videos captured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h after injection of compounds.
- PGE 2 prostaglandin E 2
- AMPK activator dosing was done in a volume of 25 ⁇ L 0.9% sterile saline for intraplantar injections or in 0.5% hydroxypropyl methylcellulose plus 0.1% polysorbate-80 (both from Sigma, St. Louis, Mo., USA) in ultrapure H 2 O in a total volume of 200 ⁇ L by oral gavage.
- Plantar incision and behavioral testing Prior to surgery all animals were assessed for paw withdrawal thresholds. A mouse model of incisional pain was used for this study (Banik, et al., 2006, Anesthesiology 105:1246-1253). A 5 mm longitudinal incision was made with a number 11 blade through skin, fascia and muscle of the plantar aspect of the hindpaw in isoflurane-anesthetized rats. Sham controls underwent the same procedure but without the incision. The skin was apposed with 2 sutures of 5 mm silk. Animals received intraplantar injection of resveratrol or vehicle around the incision at times indicated after incision.
- paw withdrawal thresholds were measured at 24 h, 48 h, 72 h, and 5 d, 7 d, 9 d, 11 d, and 13 d post-surgery.
- Grimace scale measurements were made at 24 h and 48 h after incision from videos captured at those time points by a blinded observer.
- the animals received an intraplantar injection of PGE2 (100 ng/25 ⁇ l) 28 days following incision or sham procedures.
- the paw withdrawal thresholds were again measured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h following the PGE2 injection.
- Grimace scale measurements were also done at these time points from videos captured and scored by blinded observers.
- mice Male mice (20-25 g) or male Sprague Dawley rats (250-300 g) were used. All animal procedures were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee of The University of Texas at Dallas and were in accordance with International Association for the Study of Pain guidelines. Prior to surgery all animals were assessed for mechanical withdrawal thresholds (Chaplan, et al., 1994, J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63). During surgery animals are anesthetized with isoflurane gas anesthesia and kept on a warming pad during the surgery. Mice and rats are allowed to recover in a warmed cage for an hour after surgery. Antibiotics are administered to all animals after surgery to avoid infection.
- SNI Spared nerve injury
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention prior to an intra-plantar administration of capsaicin, and withdrawal latencies were measured.
- Compounds of the invention can prevent the development of hyperalgesic pain states produced by capsaicin, a model of hyperalgesia well known to those skilled in the art.
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention prior to an intra-plantar incision.
- Vehicle, a reference compound (e.g., indomethacin, celecoxib, naproxen), or compounds of this invention were administered at the conclusion of a surgical incision and latency values were measured 24 h later (0 timepoint) and 30 min and 60 min thereafter. Determination of latencies was subsequently conducted 48 h and 72 h in the same manner.
- Compounds of the invention can prevent hyperalgesia due to a (surgical) incision.
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention after an intra-plantar incision (2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h, 12 h, 24 h).
- Vehicle a reference compound (e.g., indomethacin, celecoxib, naproxen), or compounds of this invention were administered at these times. Determination of latencies was conducted at 30 min, 60 min, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h and 12 h after administration.
- Compounds of the invention can reverse hyperalgesia due to a (surgical) incision.
- SIN1 releases peroxynitrite.
- Vehicle or compounds of the invention were administered before the an intraplantar dose of intravenous of SIN1 (e.g., 1 mg/kg). Latency was measured 2 h later.
- a second dose of SIN1 (1 mg/kg) was administered 30 min after the first test period and latency was again measured 2 h later.
- SIN1 was again administered 30 min and latency was again measured 2 h later.
- Compounds of the invention can block the development of hyperalgesia caused by (repeated dosing of) SIN-1, a known generator of peroxynitrite.
- FCA Freund's complete adjuvant
- Paw withdrawal latency to a thermal stimulus was assessed using a radiant heat source (Ugo Basile, Italy) aimed at the plantar surface of the left hind paw (Hargreaves test; Hargreaves, et al., 1988, Pain 32:77-88). A cut-off latency of 40 sec was set to avoid tissue damage.
- Paw withdrawal thresholds to a non-noxious tactile stimulus was assessed using an electronic von Frey apparatus that presented an increasing mechanical force to the plantar surface of the hind paw.
- Paw volume was measured by displacement of water and assuming a tissue density equal to that of water. Baseline latencies, thresholds and volume were taken prior to FCA injection and re-assessed 24-72 h later.
- the positive control was celecoxib (TRC, Montreal), and the negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose, in phosphate buffered saline).
- Compounds of the invention were administered (25 mg/kg, i.v.; or 3-100 mg/kg, p.o.) either once immediately prior to FCA (preemptive) or 24-72 hours post-FCA (curative).
- Paw volume was assessed 24-72 h post-dosing.
- Compounds of the invention were administered curatively, with behavior or paw volume was assessed 30-180 min post-dosing.
- Celecoxib (30 mg/kg p.o.) served as the positive control.
- Intraplantar injection of 100 ⁇ L of FCA into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia, tactile allodynia (as assessed by electronic von Frey) and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus, decreased threshold to a non-noxious tactile stimulus and increase in paw volume.
- Intraplantar injection of 100 ⁇ L of FCA into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia, tactile allodynia (as assessed by von Frey stimuli) and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus, decreased threshold to a non-noxious tactile stimulus and increase in paw volume.
- the intraplantar carrageenan model of acute inflammatory pain in the rat results in behaviors similar to that observed in patients and has been widely used to assess novel pharmacological treatments (Whiteside, et al., 2005, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 314:1234-1240).
- paw withdrawal latency to a thermal stimulus was assessed using a radiant heat source (Ugo Basile, Italy) aimed at the plantar surface of the left hind paw (Hargreaves test). A cut-off latency of 40 sec is set to avoid tissue damage. Paw volume was measured by displacement of water and assuming a tissue density equal to that of water. Baseline latencies were taken prior to carrageenan administration and re-assessed 4 h later. Compounds of the invention or vehicle were administered (10 and 30 mg/kg, p.o.) 3 h after carrageenan (curative) and behavior assessed 1 h later. Additionally, compounds of the invention were administered 15 minutes prior to carrageenan (preemptive) and behavior assessed 4 h post carrageenan. Indomethacin (positive control, 30 mg/kg p.o.) was administered prior to carrageenan and behavior assessed 4 h post-carrageenan.
- Intraplantar injection of carrageenan was performed under 2.5-4.0% isoflurane/O 2 anesthesia, delivered via nose cone. After induction of anesthesia, the injection site was prepared in a sterile manner and 50 ⁇ L of a 2% X-carrageenan was injected. After injection, animals were weighed and allowed to recover before being returned to their home cages.
- the positive control was indomethacin (Sigma, St. Louis), and the negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose).
- Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, II) were 250-300 g at time of dosing.
- the Hargreaves apparatus was obtained from Ugo Basile, Italy, and the X-carrageenan was obtained from Sigma, St. Louis.
- Intraplantar injection of 50 ⁇ L of carrageenan into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus and increase in paw volume.
- Compounds of the invention can significantly prevent either carrageenan-induced edema or thermal hyperalgesia.
- the positive control When dosed preemptively indomethacin (30 mg/kg p.o.), the positive control, produced a statistically significant prevention of both thermal hyperalgesia and edema.
- the spinal nerve ligation (SNL) model of neuropathic pain in the rat results in behaviors similar to that observed in patients (Kim & Chung, 1992, Pain 50(3):355-63) and has been widely used to assess novel pharmacological treatments (Sindrup & Jensen, 1999, Pain 83(3):389-400).
- Compounds of the invention were evaluated for its ability to reverse or prevent development of tactile allodynia in a rat model of neuropathic pain.
- the positive control was gabapentin (Toronto Research Chemicals, Canada).
- the negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose; 2-hydroxy-propyl-beta-cyclodextrin).
- Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, 11) were 250-300 g at time of dosing. Von Frey filaments were obtained from Stoelting, Ill, and 7-0 silk, 4-0 vicryl sutures were obtained from Ethicon, NJ.
- the surgical procedure was performed under 2.5-4.0% isoflurane/O 2 anesthesia, delivered via nose cone, and anesthesia was maintained for the duration of the surgery.
- the incision site was shaved and prepared in a sterile manner.
- a midline incision was performed, the LS transverse process removed and the LS spinal nerves tightly ligated with 7-0 silk suture material.
- the wound was closed in layers with 4-0 vicryl. Sham-operated control rats underwent the identical procedure however, the spinal nerve was not manipulated or ligated.
- animals were weighed and allowed to recover before being returned to their home cages.
- Rats were administered either a single acute dose of test article (30 mg/kg) on the day of surgery, QD (10 and 50 mg/kg) on days 1-5 post-surgery or QD (30 mg/kg) on days 1-5 post-surgery. Tactile thresholds were again assessed either 1 and 3 h, 3 and 5 h or once weekly after administration. Vehicle treated animals were included and gabapentin (100 mg/kg, i.p.) was used as the positive control. The number of animals per group was 8.
- Ataxia is a common clinical problem with CNS-active compounds and can often confound interpretation of efficacy in preclinical pain models.
- the rotarod assay of ataxia has been widely used to assess the side-effect liability of novel pharmacological treatments (Jones & Roberts, 1968, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 20:302-04).
- the effect of compounds of the invention to impact latency to fall in an accelerating rotarod assay of ataxia in rats was evaluated.
- the positive control was haloperidol (Sigma, St. Louis), and the negative control was vehicle (which was hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose and 15% DMA, 65% PEG300, and 20% D5W for haloperidol).
- Rats Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, Ill) were 250-300 g at time of dosing. Rotarod was obtained from IITC, CA. To examine the potential effects of compounds of the invention on motor performance, rats were tested on an accelerating rotarod (IITC, Ca). In this assay, rats were placed on the rotarod with the speed set to accelerate from 4 to 40 rpm over 300 sec. The maximum time spent on the rotarod was set at 300 seconds. Rats received two timed training trials (averaged to give the reported baseline) on the first day, then 24 h later rats were administered compound of the invention (30, 100 and 300 mg/kg, p.o.), haloperidol (3 mg/kg, p.o.) or vehicle. Latency to fall was assessed 1 h post-drug administration corresponding approximately to the T max for compounds of the invention when given orally to rats.
- IITC accelerating rotarod
- a compound of the invention (30, 100 and 300 mg/kg, p.o.) did not significantly decrease latency to fall in the rotarod assay at 1 h post-dosing as compared to vehicle treated animals.
- haloperidol (3 mg/kg, p.o.), the positive control, resulted in significant motor deficits 1 h post-administration.
- Embodiment 1 provides a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- Y is selected from the group consisting of S, O, NH, NR, and CH 2 ;
- R 1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkenyl, C 1 -C 6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted;
- R 2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —C( ⁇ O)H, —C( ⁇ O)—R, and —CH 2 —OR;
- R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, or R 3 and R 4 can combine to form C 1 -C 6 alkylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C( ⁇ O)OR, —C( ⁇ O)NRR, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl; and
- each occurrence of R is independently selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- Embodiment 2 provides the compound of embodiment 1, which is a compound of formula (Ia):
- Embodiment 3 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein R 2 is H.
- Embodiment 4 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein Y ⁇ S.
- Embodiment 5 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of H, C 1 -C 6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C( ⁇ O)OR, and —C( ⁇ O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, and C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl.
- Embodiment 6 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein R 3 and R 4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- Embodiment 7 provides the compound of any of embodiments 1-6, which is selected from the group consisting of: (R)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (S)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid; and a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof.
- Embodiment 8 provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of embodiments 1-6.
- Embodiment 9 provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of embodiments 1-8.
- Embodiment 10 provides a method of preventing, reducing, or alleviating pain in a mammal, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of embodiments 1-7 to the mammal.
- Embodiment 11 provides the method of embodiment 10, wherein the administration is oral, parenteral, nasal, inhalational, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, or enteral.
- Embodiment 12 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-11, wherein the mammal is a human.
- Embodiment 13 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is spontaneous pain.
- Embodiment 14 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is hyperalgesia.
- Embodiment 15 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is allodynia.
- Embodiment 16 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain arises from a surgical procedure.
- Embodiment 17 provides the method of embodiment 16, wherein the surgical procedure comprises third molar extraction, dental implants, lingual hernia repair, cholecystectomy, breast augmentation, abdominoplasty, vasectomy, hysterectomy, pacemaker implantation, and/or laparoscopic techniques.
- Embodiment 18 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain arises from trauma, sprains, broken bones, bruises, cuts, and/or burns.
- Embodiment 19 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is neuropathic pain.
- Embodiment 20 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is painful diabetic neuropathy.
- Embodiment 21 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is chronic pain.
- Embodiment 22 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain arises from cancers, diabetes, Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Multiple Sclerosis, and/or peripheral and/or central neuropathies.
- Embodiment 23 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain is caused by an inflammatory disease.
- Embodiment 24 provides the method of embodiment 23, wherein the inflammatory disease comprises rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel syndrome, vulvodynia, and/or Sjorgen's disease.
- Embodiment 25 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain is caused by cancer chemotherapy, cancer radiation treatment, stroke, and/or myocardial infarct.
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Rheumatology (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The invention relates to compounds of formula (I), compositions containing the same, and methods for treating and/or diminishing pain in a subject in need thereof. The compounds of formula (I) are effective for treating opioid-induced tachyphylaxis and opioid-induced hyperalgesia.
Description
- This application is a divisional of, and claims priority under 35 U.S.C. § 121 to, U.S. application Ser. No. 16/417,300, filed May 20, 2019, now allowed, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Application Ser. No. 62/677,496, entitled “COMPOUNDS FOR PAIN TREATMENT, COMPOSITIONS COMPRISING SAME, AND METHODS OF USING SAME,” filed May 29, 2018, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.
- Pain is defined as an unpleasant sensory and emotional experience. Pain, however, can be informative and useful. For example, nociceptive pain is often indicative of injury (e.g., tissue damage), and such pain typically evokes escape or protective behaviors in animals or in a human, in order to remove itself, or protect itself, from further exposure to the insult. However, inflammation, cellular and neuronal damage and other processes resulting from injury or disease can lead to states of chronic pathological pain. Hyperalgesia is a condition in which enhanced sensitivity to noxious stimuli is present and thus the perception of pain is exaggerated. Allodynia is a condition in which normally non-noxious stimuli become painful. Persistent or chronic pain, manifested as hyperalgesia and/or allodynia, remains challenging to treat. Many patients do not respond to existing therapeutics, or have their pain poorly managed (i.e., inadequate relief), or experience relief of an inadequate duration.
- Chronic pain contributes to over $600 billion worth of healthcare expenditures annually, more than the yearly cost of cancer, heart disease, and diabetes combined. Neuropathic pain affects between 6 and 10% of the population and is associated with decreased quality of life and socioeconomic burdens exceeding all other chronic pain disorders. A recent meta-analysis of more than 200 neuropathic pain clinical trials indicates that the “number needed to treat” (the average number of patients who need to be treated to prevent one additional bad outcome; e.g., the number of patients that need to be treated for one of them to benefit compared with a control in a clinical trial) to achieve even 50% pain relief in this population is between 4 and 10. This astonishing lack of efficacy has a profound influence on patient quality of life and is a source of frustration for caregivers. Many existing neuropathic pain therapeutics either have unknown mechanisms or are thought to reduce pain by reducing neuronal excitability. To develop the next generation of neuropathic pain therapeutics, new, mechanism-based agents that target specific pathways that lead to aberrant neuronal signaling must be developed.
- The administration of opioids to treat pain is a well-recognized and commonly employed therapy in medicine. Unfortunately, tolerance to opioids (tachyphylaxis) and opioid-induced hyperalgesia can often result during the course of therapy. In such patients, increasingly higher doses of opioids are needed to provide an acceptable level of pain relief and, in doing so, the patient is thereby subjected to adverse side effects and safety concerns that are characteristic of opioids. These include respiratory depression, constipation, nausea and vomiting. Such patients are likewise more likely to develop dependence on opioids, suffer opioid withdrawal on discontinuation of treatment, and may be more susceptible to engage in abuse of these medications. Tachyphylaxis is a phenomenon in which the repeated administration of a drug such as a narcotic analgesic results in a rapidly appearing and marked decrease in the effectiveness of that drug. In opioid-induced hyperalgesia, prolonged administration of opioids also results in a paradoxical increase in pain, or a hypersensitivity to a stimulus that is thought to be unrelated to the original injury or insult. Opioid-induced tachyphylaxis and opioid-induced hyperalgesia have been well documented in animal models of nociception as well as in human clinical trials. These phenomena present significant clinical challenges for the treatment of pain and therefore new compounds, which do not act through opioid mechanisms, are needed to treat pain and/or to alleviate hyperalgesia and tolerance.
- Endogenous reactive species produced by injury, irritant and disease are key drivers of pain, as can be demonstrated in animal models of hyperalgesia and allodynia. Reactive oxygen species (ROS) and reactive nitrogen species (RNS) include free radicals such as superoxide and hydroxyl radical as well as the powerful oxidants peroxynitrite (OONO−), and (hydrogen) peroxide (H2O2). Both peroxynitrite (PN) and hydrogen peroxide, generated in the periphery after injury, contribute to changes in excitability in sensory afferents.
- Peroxynitrite has been implicated in the development of opiate-induced antinociceptive (pain) tolerance (tachyphylaxis). Peroxynitrite results from the diffusion-controlled reaction of superoxide (O2 −) and nitric oxide (—NO). Unlike other endogenously produced reactive species/oxidants, peroxynitrite is not managed by enzymatic control. Peroxynitrite formation is facile, unleashing its powerful oxidative properties essentially unchecked, causing downstream effects that can cause pain.
- In contrast, superoxide is formed from the action of NADPH oxidases and xanthine oxidase, and nitric oxide is produced by nitric oxide synthases (NOS). Hydrogen peroxide is formed from superoxide and the action of superoxide dismutase. During cellular stress (such as, for example, inflammation, nerve injury, ischemia), the action of these enzymatic systems can cause nitric oxide, superoxide and peroxide levels to increase significantly, which can lead to neuronal damage, hyperalgesia and allodynia. Concomitant increases in nitric oxide and superoxide can lead to greatly increased localized increases in peroxynitrite, which is capable of nitrating tyrosine residues and cross-linking cysteine residues within proteins, causing ion channel hyper-excitability (such as that of TRPA1 and Nav1.8) and disrupting glutathione-disulfide homeostastis. Collectively, these effects lead to neuronal sensitization and pain. Thus there exists a need for new compounds, new methods and new inventions that decrease the level or activity of reactive nitrogen species (RNS) and reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as peroxynitrite and peroxide.
- There is thus a need for novel compounds and methods that can be used to treat pain. This invention addresses this unmet need.
- Provided herein are compounds of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- Administration of compounds of formula (I), in various embodiments, decreases the level or activity of reactive nitrogen species (RNS) and reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as peroxynitrite and peroxide in a subject's body. The compounds of formula (I), in some embodiments, are effective for treating opioid-induced tachyphylaxis and opioid-induced hyperalgesia.
- The present invention provides compounds that can be used to treat pain. In certain embodiments, the compounds of the invention reduce hyperalgesia and/or allodynia.
- The invention includes a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- wherein in (I):
- Y is selected from the group consisting of S, O, NH, NR, and CH2;
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl (such as phenyl), arylalkyl (such as phenylalkyl), heteroarylalkyl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted;
- R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —C(═O)H, —C(═O)R, and —CH2OR;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, or R3 and R4 can combine to form C1-C6 alkylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, —C(═O)NRR, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
- each occurrence of R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and C3-C8 cycloalkyl
- In certain embodiments, the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (Ia), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- In certain embodiments, Y is S. In other embodiments, Y is O. In yet other embodiments, Y is NH. In yet other embodiments, Y is NR. In yet other embodiments, Y is CH2.
- In certain embodiments, R2 is H.
- In certain embodiments, Y is S; and R2 is H.
- In certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, and —C(═O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
- In certain embodiments, Y is S; R2 is H; and W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, and —C(═O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
- In certain embodiments, R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-C6 alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, Y is S; R2 is H; W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, and —C(═O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-C6 alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, the compound of the invention is at least one selected from the group consisting of:
- (R)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
- (S)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
- (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
- (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof. - The invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for diminishing pain in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein cause destruction of reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein decompose reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein react with reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein reduce levels of, and/or inhibit the activity of, reactive nitrogen species (RNS), such as peroxynitrite, and/or reduce levels, and/or inhibit the activity, of reactive oxygen species (ROS), such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein cause destruction of reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein cause destruction of reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein decompose reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein decompose reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein react with reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein react with reactive oxygen species, such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein reduce levels, or inhibit activity, of reactive nitrogen species, such as peroxynitrite.
- In certain embodiments, the compounds described herein diminish levels, or inhibit activity, of reactive oxygen species such as (hydrogen) peroxide.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides a method of administering a compound of the invention to provide pain relief.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing chronic pain in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing hyperalgesia in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing allodynia in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing spontaneous pain in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing pain arising from surgical procedures, in a subject in need thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention provides compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing neuropathic pain, such as that arising from diabetes, in a subject in need thereof.
- In other embodiments, the invention relates to compounds, compositions and methods for reducing or abolishing neuropathic pain, such as that arising from cancer, chemotherapy or cancer radiation therapy, in a subject in need thereof.
- Certain phenolic compounds with analgesic properties were previously disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 9,102,636 B2, U.S. Patent Application Publications No. US20110224269 A1 and No.
- US20120202860 A1, and PCT Application Publication No. WO2011112602 A1, each of which is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety.
- As used herein, each of the following terms has the meaning associated with it in this section.
- Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this invention belongs. Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in animal pharmacology, pharmaceutical science, separation science, and organic chemistry are those well-known and commonly employed in the art.
- As used herein, the articles “a” and “an” refer to one or to more than one (i.e. to at least one) of the grammatical object of the article. By way of example, “an element” means one element or more than one element.
- As used herein, the term “about” is understood by persons of ordinary skill in the art and varies to some extent on the context in which it is used. As used herein when referring to a measurable value such as an amount, a temporal duration, and the like, the term “about” is meant to encompass variations of 20% or +10%, more preferably +5%, even more preferably +1%, and still more preferably +0.1% from the specified value, as such variations are appropriate to perform the disclosed methods.
- In one aspect, the terms “co-administered” and “co-administration” as relating to a subject refer to administering to the subject a compound of the invention or salt thereof along with a compound that may also treat diseases and/or disorders contemplated herein. In certain embodiments, the co-administered compounds are administered separately, or in any kind of combination as part of a single therapeutic approach. The co-administered compound may be formulated in any kind of combinations as mixtures of solids and liquids under a variety of solid, gel, and liquid formulations, and as a solution.
- As used herein, the term “CYP450” as applied to enzymes refers to cytochrome P450 family of enzymes.
- As used herein, a “disease” is a state of health of a subject wherein the subject cannot maintain homeostasis, and wherein if the disease is not ameliorated then the subject's health continues to deteriorate.
- As used herein, a “disorder” in a subject is a state of health in which the subject is able to maintain homeostasis, but in which the subject's state of health is less favorable than it would be in the absence of the disorder. Left untreated, a disorder does not necessarily cause a further decrease in the subject's state of health.
- As used herein, the term “ED50” refers to the effective dose of a formulation that produces 50% of the maximal effect in subjects that are administered that formulation.
- As used herein, an “effective amount,” “therapeutically effective amount” or “pharmaceutically effective amount” of a compound is that amount of compound that is sufficient to provide a beneficial effect to the subject to which the compound is administered.
- “Instructional material,” as that term is used herein, includes a publication, a recording, a diagram, or any other medium of expression that can be used to communicate the usefulness of the composition and/or compound of the invention in a kit. The instructional material of the kit may, for example, be affixed to a container that contains the compound and/or composition of the invention or be shipped together with a container that contains the compound and/or composition. Alternatively, the instructional material may be shipped separately from the container with the intention that the recipient uses the instructional material and the compound cooperatively. Delivery of the instructional material may be, for example, by physical delivery of the publication or other medium of expression communicating the usefulness of the kit, or may alternatively be achieved by electronic transmission, for example by means of a computer, such as by electronic mail, or download from a website.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” or “composition” refers to a mixture of at least one compound useful within the invention with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to a subject.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to a material, such as a carrier or diluent, which does not abrogate the biological activity or properties of the compound useful within the invention, and is relatively non-toxic, i.e., the material may be administered to a subject without causing undesirable biological effects or interacting in a deleterious manner with any of the components of the composition in which it is contained.
- As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” means a pharmaceutically acceptable material, composition or carrier, such as a liquid or solid filler, stabilizer, dispersing agent, suspending agent, diluent, excipient, thickening agent, solvent or encapsulating material, involved in carrying or transporting a compound useful within the invention within or to the subject such that it may perform its intended function. Typically, such constructs are carried or transported from one organ, or portion of the body, to another organ, or portion of the body. Each carrier must be “acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the formulation, including the compound useful within the invention, and not injurious to the subject. Some examples of materials that may serve as pharmaceutically acceptable carriers include: sugars, such as lactose, glucose and sucrose; starches, such as corn starch and potato starch; cellulose, and its derivatives, such as sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, ethyl cellulose and cellulose acetate; powdered tragacanth; malt; gelatin; talc; excipients, such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes; oils, such as peanut oil, cottonseed oil, safflower oil, sesame oil, olive oil, corn oil and soybean oil; glycols, such as propylene glycol; polyols, such as glycerin, sorbitol, mannitol and polyethylene glycol; esters, such as ethyl oleate and ethyl laurate; agar; buffering agents, such as magnesium hydroxide and aluminum hydroxide; surface active agents; alginic acid; pyrogen-free water; isotonic saline; Ringer's solution; ethyl alcohol; phosphate buffer solutions; and other non-toxic compatible substances employed in pharmaceutical formulations. As used herein, “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” also includes any and all coatings, antibacterial and antifungal agents, and absorption delaying agents, and the like that are compatible with the activity of the compound useful within the invention, and are physiologically acceptable to the subject. Supplementary active compounds may also be incorporated into the compositions. The “pharmaceutically acceptable carrier” may further include a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound useful within the invention. Other additional ingredients that may be included in the pharmaceutical compositions used in the practice of the invention are known in the art and described, for example in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Genaro, Ed., Mack Publishing Co., 1985, Easton, Pa.), which is incorporated herein by reference.
- As used herein, the language “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt of the administered compound prepared from pharmaceutically acceptable non-toxic acids and bases, including inorganic acids, inorganic bases, organic acids, inorganic bases, solvates, hydrates, and clathrates thereof.
- The term “prevent,” “preventing” or “prevention,” as used herein, means avoiding or delaying the onset of symptoms associated with a disease or condition in a subject that has not developed such symptoms at the time the administering of an agent or compound commences. Disease, condition and disorder are used interchangeably herein.
- By the term “specifically bind” or “specifically binds,” as used herein, is meant that a first molecule preferentially binds to a second molecule (e.g., a particular receptor or enzyme), but does not necessarily bind only to that second molecule.
- As used herein, a “subject” may be a human or non-human mammal or a bird. Non-human mammals include, for example, livestock and pets, such as ovine, bovine, porcine, canine, feline and murine mammals. Preferably, the subject is human.
- The term “treat,” “treating” or “treatment,” as used herein, means reducing the frequency or severity with which symptoms of a disease or condition are experienced by a subject by virtue of administering an agent or compound to the subject.
- As used herein, the term “alkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched chain hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-C10 means one to ten carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain, or cyclic substituent groups. Examples include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, and cyclopropylmethyl. Most preferred is (C1-C6)alkyl, such as, but not limited to, ethyl, methyl, isopropyl, isobutyl, n-pentyl, n-hexyl and cyclopropylmethyl.
- As used herein, the term “alkylene” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a straight or branched hydrocarbon group having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C1-C10 means one to ten carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain, or cyclic substituent groups, wherein the group has two open valencies. Examples include methylene, 1,2-ethylene, 1,1-ethylene, 1,1-propylene, 1,2-propylene and 1,3-propylene.
- As used herein, the term “cycloalkyl,” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a cyclic chain hydrocarbon having the number of carbon atoms designated (i.e., C3-C6 means a cyclic group comprising a ring group consisting of three to six carbon atoms) and includes straight, branched chain or cyclic substituent groups. Examples include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Most preferred is (C3-C6)cycloalkyl, such as, but not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl.
- As used herein, the term “alkenyl,” employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable mono-unsaturated or di-unsaturated straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group having the stated number of carbon atoms. Examples include vinyl, propenyl (or allyl), crotyl, isopentenyl, butadienyl, 1,3-pentadienyl, 1,4-pentadienyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. A functional group representing an alkene is exemplified by —CH2—CH═CH2.
- As used herein, the term “alkynyl,” employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight chain or branched chain hydrocarbon group with a triple carbon-carbon bond, having the stated number of carbon atoms. Non-limiting examples include ethynyl and propynyl, and the higher homologs and isomers. The term “propargylic” refers to a group exemplified by —CH2—C≡CH. The term “homopropargylic” refers to a group exemplified by —CH2CH2—C≡CH. The term “substituted propargylic” refers to a group exemplified by —CR2—C≡CR, wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, with the proviso that at least one R group is not hydrogen. The term “substituted homopropargylic” refers to a group exemplified by —CR2CR2—C≡CR, wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, alkyl, substituted alkyl, alkenyl or substituted alkenyl, with the proviso that at least one R group is not hydrogen.
- As used herein, the term “substituted alkyl,” “substituted cycloalkyl,” “substituted alkenyl” or “substituted alkynyl” means alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl or alkynyl, as defined above, substituted by one, two or three substituents selected from the group consisting of halogen, alkoxy, tetrahydro-2-H-pyranyl, —NH2, —N(CH3)2, (1-methyl-imidazol-2-yl), pyridin-2-yl, pyridin-3-yl, pyridin-4-yl, —C(═O)OH, trifluoromethyl, —C≡N, —C(═O)O(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(═O)NH2, —C(═O)NH(C1-C4)alkyl, —C(═O)N((C1-C4)alkyl)2, —SO2NH2, —C(═NH)NH2, and —NO2, preferably containing one or two substituents selected from halogen, —OH, alkoxy, —NH2, trifluoromethyl, —N(CH3)2, and —C(═O)OH, more preferably selected from halogen, alkoxy and —OH. Examples of substituted alkyls include, but are not limited to, 2,2-difluoropropyl, 2-carboxycyclopentyl and 3-chloropropyl. In certain embodiments, the substituted alkyl is not substituted with a hydroxy group.
- As used herein, the term “alkoxy” employed alone or in combination with other terms means, unless otherwise stated, an alkyl group having the designated number of carbon atoms, as defined above, connected to the rest of the molecule via an oxygen atom, such as, for example, methoxy, ethoxy, 1-propoxy, 2-propoxy (isopropoxy) and the higher homologs and isomers. Preferred are (C1-C3)alkoxy, such as, but not limited to, ethoxy and methoxy.
- As used herein, the term “halo” or “halogen” alone or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, a fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine atom, preferably, fluorine, chlorine, or bromine, more preferably, fluorine or chlorine.
- As used herein, the term “heteroalkyl” by itself or in combination with another term means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain alkyl group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and one or two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may be optionally oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may be optionally quaternized. The heteroatom(s) may be placed at any position of the heteroalkyl group, including between the rest of the heteroalkyl group and the fragment to which it is attached, as well as attached to the most distal carbon atom in the heteroalkyl group. Examples include: —O—CH2—CH2—CH3, —CH2—CH2—CH2—OH, —CH2—CH2—NH—CH3, —CH2—S—CH2—CH3, and —CH2CH2—S(═O)—CH3. Up to two heteroatoms may be consecutive, such as, for example, —CH2—NH—OCH3, or —CH2—CH2—S—S—CH3.
- As used herein, the term “heteroalkenyl” by itself or in combination with another term means, unless otherwise stated, a stable straight or branched chain monounsaturated or di-unsaturated hydrocarbon group consisting of the stated number of carbon atoms and one or two heteroatoms selected from the group consisting of O, N, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur atoms may optionally be oxidized and the nitrogen heteroatom may optionally be quaternized. Up to two heteroatoms may be placed consecutively. Examples include —CH═CH—O—CH3, —CH═CH—CH2—OH, —CH2—CH═N—OCH3, —CH═CH—N(CH3)—CH3, and —CH2—CH═CH═CH2—SH.
- As used herein, the term “aromatic” refers to a carbocycle or heterocycle with one or more polyunsaturated rings and having aromatic character, i.e. having (4n+2) delocalized π (pi) electrons, where n is an integer.
- As used herein, the term “aryl,” employed alone or in combination with other terms, means, unless otherwise stated, a carbocyclic aromatic system containing one or more rings (typically one, two or three rings) wherein such rings may be attached together in a pendent manner, such as a biphenyl, or may be fused, such as naphthalene. Examples include phenyl, anthracyl, and naphthyl. Preferred are phenyl and naphthyl, most preferred is phenyl.
- As used herein, the term “aryl-(C1-C3)alkyl” means a functional group wherein a one to three carbon alkylene chain is attached to an aryl group, e.g., —CH2CH2-phenyl or —CH2-phenyl (benzyl). Preferred is aryl-CH2— and aryl-CH(CH3)—. The term “substituted aryl-(C1-C3)alkyl” means an aryl-(C1-C3)alkyl functional group in which the aryl group is substituted. Preferred is substituted aryl(CH2)—. Similarly, the term “heteroaryl-(C1-C3)alkyl” means a functional group wherein a one to three carbon alkylene chain is attached to a heteroaryl group, e.g., —CH2CH2-pyridyl. Preferred is heteroaryl-(CH2)—. The term “substituted heteroaryl-(C1-C3)alkyl” means a heteroaryl-(C1-C3)alkyl functional group in which the heteroaryl group is substituted. Preferred is substituted heteroaryl-(CH2)—.
- As used herein, the term “heterocycle” or “heterocyclyl” or “heterocyclic” by itself or as part of another substituent means, unless otherwise stated, an unsubstituted or substituted, stable, mono- or multi-cyclic heterocyclic ring system that consists of carbon atoms and at least one heteroatom selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S, and wherein the nitrogen and sulfur heteroatoms may be optionally oxidized, and the nitrogen atom may be optionally quaternized. The heterocyclic system may be attached, unless otherwise stated, at any heteroatom or carbon atom that affords a stable structure. A heterocycle may be aromatic or non-aromatic in nature. In certain embodiments, the heterocycle is a heteroaryl.
- As used herein, the term “heteroaryl” or “heteroaromatic” refers to a heterocycle having aromatic character. A polycyclic heteroaryl may include one or more rings that are partially saturated. Examples include tetrahydroquinoline and 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl.
- Examples of non-aromatic heterocycles include monocyclic groups such as aziridine, oxirane, thiirane, azetidine, oxetane, thietane, pyrrolidine, pyrroline, imidazoline, pyrazolidine, dioxolane, sulfolane, 2,3-dihydrofuran, 2,5-dihydrofuran, tetrahydrofuran, thiophane, piperidine, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydropyridine, 1,4-dihydropyridine, piperazine, morpholine, thiomorpholine, pyran, 2,3-dihydropyran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, 1,3-dioxane, homopiperazine, homopiperidine, 1,3-dioxepane, 4,7-dihydro-1,3-dioxepin and hexamethyleneoxide.
- Examples of heteroaryl groups include pyridyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl (such as, but not limited to, 2- and 4-pyrimidinyl), pyridazinyl, thienyl, furyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, oxazolyl, pyrazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, 1,3,4-triazolyl, tetrazolyl, 1,2,3-thiadiazolyl, 1,2,3-oxadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl and 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl.
- Examples of polycyclic heterocycles include indolyl (such as, but not limited to, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-indolyl), indolinyl, quinolyl, tetrahydroquinolinyl, isoquinolinyl (such as, but not limited to, 1- and 5-isoquinolyl), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydroisoquinolyl, cinnolinyl, quinoxalinyl (such as, but not limited to, 2- and 5-quinoxalinyl), quinazolinyl, phthalazinyl, 1,8-naphthyridinyl, 1,4-benzodioxanyl, coumarin, dihydrocoumarin, 1,5-naphthyridinyl, benzofuryl (such as, but not limited to, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6- and 7-benzofuryl), 2,3-dihydrobenzofuryl, 1,2-benzisoxazolyl, benzothienyl (such as, but not limited to, 3-, 4-, 5-, 6-, and 7-benzothienyl), benzoxazolyl, benzothiazolyl (such as, but not limited to, 2-benzothiazolyl and 5-benzothiazolyl), purinyl, benzimidazolyl, benztriazolyl, thioxanthinyl, carbazolyl, carbolinyl, acridinyl, pyrrolizidinyl, and quinolizidinyl.
- The aforementioned listing of heterocyclyl and heteroaryl moieties is intended to be representative and not limiting.
- As used herein, the term “substituted” means that an atom or group of atoms has replaced hydrogen as the substituent attached to another group.
- For aryl, aryl-(C1-C3)alkyl and heterocyclyl groups, the term “substituted” as applied to the rings of these groups refers to any level of substitution, namely mono-, di-, tri-, tetra-, or penta-substitution, where such substitution is permitted. The substituents are independently selected, and substitution may be at any chemically accessible position. In certain embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and four. In other embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and three. In yet other embodiments, the substituents vary in number between one and two. In yet other embodiments, the substituents are independently selected from the group consisting of C1-6 alkyl, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, halo, amino, acetamido and nitro. As used herein, where a substituent is an alkyl or alkoxy group, the carbon chain may be branched, straight or cyclic, with straight being preferred.
- The following abbreviations are used herein: AcOH, acetic acid; Ar, argon; Boc, butyloxycarbonyl; C, carbon; CHCl3, chloroform; DCM (or CH2Cl2), methylene chloride (dichloromethane); d, day; DIPEA, N,N-diisopropylethylamine; DMF, N,N-dimethylformamide; DMSO, dimethylsulfoxide; EDTA, ethylene diamine tetraacetic acid; ESI, electrospray ionization; EtOAc, ethyl acetate; GCMS, gas chromatogram—mass spectrometry; h, hour; H2, hydrogen gas; iPrOH, isopropanol; K2CO3, potassium carbonate; KOH, potassium hydroxide; LCMS, liquid chromatography—mass spectrometry; MeCN or CH3CN, acetonitrile; MEM, methoxyethoxymethyl; MeOH, methanol; MgSO4, magnesium sulfate; MHz, megahertz; min, minute (unit of time); MOM, methoxymethyl; MS, mass spectrometry; NaHCO3, sodium bicarbonate; Na2SO4, sodium sulfate; NMR, nuclear magnetic resonance; Pd, palladium (metal); Ph, phenyl; PBS, phosphate buffer solution; PE, petroleum ether; PN, peroxynitrite; sec, second (unit of time); SEM, trimethylsilylethoxymethyl; SIN1, 3-morpholino-sydonimine; TEA, trimethylamine; THF, tetrahydrofuran; Tr, trityl (—CPh3); TsCl, tosyl chloride.
- Throughout this disclosure, various aspects of the invention may be presented in a range format. It should be understood that the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, the description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible sub-ranges as well as individual numerical values within that range and, when appropriate, partial integers of the numerical values within ranges. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 2.7, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
- “Tautomers” are structurally distinct isomers that interconvert by tautomerization. “Tautomerization” is a form of isomerization involving the migration of a proton accompanied by changes in bond order, often the interchange of a single bond with an adjacent double bond.
- Where tautomerization is possible (e.g. in solution), a chemical equilibrium of tautomers can be reached. One well-known example of tautomerization is between a ketone and its corresponding enol. Compounds contemplated within the invention may also undergo tautomerization (to each other) and may exist in anti- or syn-imino-thiazoline forms or as a mixture thereof.
- In certain embodiments in which R2═H, the compounds of formula (I) can exist as tautomeric amino-thiazolidine and imino-thiazoline compounds of formulae (IIa), including either or both anti- and syn-regiomers (relative to Y) in the case of imino-thiazoline; or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- It should be understood that both tautomeric forms of a given compound are contemplated and within the scope of the present invention. Thus, any discussion of any compound disclosed herein should be understood to include both tautomeric forms of that compound, unless otherwise specified.
- Compounds contemplated within the invention can contain a basic nitrogen that can be protonated by a sufficiently strong protic acid. Although any sufficiently strong protic acid may be used, pharmaceutically acceptable acids are preferred so that pharmaceutically-acceptable acid addition salts are formed. “Pharmaceutically acceptable acid” refers to those acids that are not toxic or otherwise biologically undesirable. Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may be formed with pharmaceutically-acceptable inorganic acids including, but not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, sulfamic acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like.
- Pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts may also be formed with pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids, include but are not limited to, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, adipic acid, ascorbic acid, aspartic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, benzoic acid, butyric acid, camphoric acid, camphorsulfonic acid, cinnamic acid, citric acid, digluconic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, glutamic acid, glycolic acid, glycerophosphoric acid, hemisulfic acid, hexanoic acid, formic acid, fumaric acid, 2-hydroxyethanesulfonic acid (isethionic acid), lactic acid, hydroxymaleic acid, malic acid, malonic acid, mandelic acid, mesitylenesulfonic acid, methanesulfonic acid, naphthalenesulfonic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-naphthalenesulfonic acid, oxalic acid, pamoic acid, pectinic acid, phenylacetic acid, 3-phenylpropionic acid, pivalic acid, propionic acid, pyruvic acid, salicylic acid, stearic acid, succinic acid, sulfanilic acid, tartaric acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, undecanoic acid, and the like.
- Compounds of the invention can be prepared according to the following general schemes. In cases in which the hydroxy substituent is ortho to the carbon—exo-cyclic N bond, a compound of formula (Ia) can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 1. A 3-hydroxy-2-amino-pyridine (A) is reacted with an alkyl xanthate (such as, but not limited to, potassium ethyl xanthate) to give the cyclized oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thiol product (B). Reaction with a chlorinating agent (such as, but not limited to, thionyl chloride) produces a 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine (C). Subsequent reaction with a penicillamine (W═COOH, R3, R4═CH3), a cysteine (W═COOH, R3, R4═H), or a 2-amino-ethanethiol provides thiazolidine compounds (I) of this invention, which can be converted to an acid addition salt, such as, but not limited to mono-hydrochloride (I-salt), by treatment with an acid.
- Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) may be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 2. An S-protected 2-amino-ethanethiol (such as, but not limited to, S-trityl-cysteine) is reacted with a 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine (C) to produce an S-protected 2-aminobenzoxazole (D). Deprotection (such as, but not limited to, detritylation) affords thiazolidine compounds (I) of this invention.
- Alternatively, compounds of formula (I) can be prepared as illustrated in Scheme 3. A 3-hydroxy-2-amino-pyridine (A) undergoes protection of the phenolic OH using methodology known to one skilled in the art (e.g., acylation, alkylation (PG=methyl, MOM, MEM, SEM), benzylation, and the like) to give O-protected congener (E), which is subsequently reacted with a cyanating reagent, such as cyanogen bromide, to give cyanamide (F). Reaction of (F) with a penicillamine (W═COOH, R3, R4═CH3), a cysteine (W═COOH, R3, R4═H) or a 2-amino-ethanethiol provides thiazolidine compounds (I) of this invention, which can be converted to an acid addition salt (such as, but not limited to mono-hydrochloride (I-salt) by treatment with an acid.
- The invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, which are useful to practice methods of the invention. Such a pharmaceutical composition may consist of at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, in a form suitable for administration to a subject, or the pharmaceutical composition may comprise at least one compound of the invention or a salt or solvate thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, one or more additional ingredients, or some combination of these. At least one compound of the invention may be present in the pharmaceutical composition in the form of a physiologically acceptable salt, such as in combination with a physiologically acceptable cation or anion, as is well known in the art.
- In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions useful for practicing the method of the invention may be administered to deliver a dose of between 1 ng/kg/day and 100 mg/kg/day. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions useful for practicing the invention may be administered to deliver a dose of between 1 ng/kg/day and 1,000 mg/kg/day.
- The relative amounts of the active ingredient, the pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and any additional ingredients in a pharmaceutical composition of the invention will vary, depending upon the identity, size, and condition of the subject treated and further depending upon the route by which the composition is to be administered. By way of example, the composition may comprise between 0.1% and 100% (w/w) active ingredient.
- Pharmaceutical compositions that are useful in the methods of the invention may be suitably developed for nasal, inhalational, oral, rectal, vaginal, pleural, peritoneal, parenteral, topical, transdermal, pulmonary, intranasal, buccal, ophthalmic, epidural, intrathecal, intravenous or another route of administration. A composition useful within the methods of the invention may be directly administered to the brain, the brainstem, or any other part of the central nervous system of a mammal or bird. Other contemplated formulations include projected nanoparticles, microspheres, liposomal preparations, coated particles, polymer conjugates, resealed erythrocytes containing the active ingredient, and immunologically-based formulations.
- In certain embodiments, the compositions of the invention are part of a pharmaceutical matrix, which allows for manipulation of insoluble materials and improvement of the bioavailability thereof, development of controlled or sustained release products, and generation of homogeneous compositions. By way of example, a pharmaceutical matrix may be prepared using hot melt extrusion, solid solutions, solid dispersions, size reduction technologies, molecular complexes (e.g., cyclodextrins, and others), microparticulate, and particle and formulation coating processes. Amorphous or crystalline phases may be used in such processes.
- The route(s) of administration will be readily apparent to the skilled artisan and will depend upon any number of factors including the type and severity of the disease being treated, the type and age of the veterinary or human patient being treated, and the like.
- The formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology and pharmaceutics. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing the active ingredient into association with a carrier or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary or desirable, shaping or packaging the product into a desired single-dose or multi-dose unit.
- As used herein, a “unit dose” is a discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of the active ingredient. The amount of the active ingredient is generally equal to the dosage of the active ingredient that would be administered to a subject or a convenient fraction of such a dosage such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosage. The unit dosage form may be for a single daily dose or one of multiple daily doses (e.g., about 1 to 4 or more times per day). When multiple daily doses are used, the unit dosage form may be the same or different for each dose.
- Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions suitable for ethical administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to animals of all sorts. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation. Subjects to which administration of the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and other primates, mammals including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, and dogs.
- In certain embodiments, the compositions of the invention are formulated using one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients or carriers. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention comprise a therapeutically effective amount of at least one compound of the invention and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier. Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, which are useful, include, but are not limited to, glycerol, water, saline, ethanol, recombinant human albumin (e.g., RECOMBUMIN®), solubilized gelatins (e.g., GELOFUSINE®), and other pharmaceutically acceptable salt solutions such as phosphates and salts of organic acids. Examples of these and other pharmaceutically acceptable carriers are described in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (1991, Mack Publication Co., New Jersey).
- The carrier may be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), recombinant human albumin, solubilized gelatins, suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity may be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion and by the use of surfactants. Prevention of the action of microorganisms may be achieved by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, ascorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, isotonic agents, for example, sugars, sodium chloride, or polyalcohols such as mannitol and sorbitol, are included in the composition. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions may be brought about by including in the composition an agent that delays absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate or gelatin.
- Formulations may be employed in admixtures with conventional excipients, i.e., pharmaceutically acceptable organic or inorganic carrier substances suitable for oral, parenteral, nasal, inhalational, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, enteral, or any other suitable mode of administration, known to the art. The pharmaceutical preparations may be sterilized and if desired mixed with auxiliary agents, e.g., lubricants, preservatives, stabilizers, wetting agents, emulsifiers, salts for influencing osmotic pressure buffers, coloring, flavoring and/or fragrance-conferring substances and the like. They may also be combined where desired with other active agents, e.g., other analgesic, anxiolytics or hypnotic agents. As used herein, “additional ingredients” include, but are not limited to, one or more ingredients that may be used as a pharmaceutical carrier.
- The composition of the invention may comprise a preservative from about 0.005% to 2.0% by total weight of the composition. The preservative is used to prevent spoilage in the case of exposure to contaminants in the environment. Examples of preservatives useful in accordance with the invention include but are not limited to those selected from the group consisting of benzyl alcohol, sorbic acid, parabens, imidurea and combinations thereof. One such preservative is a combination of about 0.5% to 2.0% benzyl alcohol and 0.05% to 0.5% sorbic acid.
- The composition may include an antioxidant and a chelating agent which inhibit the degradation of the compound. Antioxidants for some compounds are BHT, BHA, alpha-tocopherol and ascorbic acid in the exemplary range of about 0.01% to 0.3%, or BHT in the range of 0.03% to 0.1% by weight by total weight of the composition. The chelating agent may be present in an amount of from 0.01% to 0.5% by weight by total weight of the composition. Exemplary chelating agents include edetate salts (e.g. disodium edetate) and citric acid in the weight range of about 0.01% to 0.20%, or in the range of 0.02% to 0.10% by weight by total weight of the composition. The chelating agent is useful for chelating metal ions in the composition that may be detrimental to the shelf life of the formulation. While BHT and disodium edetate are exemplary antioxidant and chelating agent, respectively, for some compounds, other suitable and equivalent antioxidants and chelating agents may be substituted therefore as would be known to those skilled in the art.
- Liquid suspensions may be prepared using conventional methods to achieve suspension of the active ingredient in an aqueous or oily vehicle. Aqueous vehicles include, for example, water, and isotonic saline. Oily vehicles include, for example, almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, vegetable oils such as arachis, olive, sesame, or coconut oil, fractionated vegetable oils, and mineral oils such as liquid paraffin. Liquid suspensions may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, suspending agents, dispersing or wetting agents, emulsifying agents, demulcents, preservatives, buffers, salts, flavorings, coloring agents, and sweetening agents. Oily suspensions may further comprise a thickening agent. Known suspending agents include, but are not limited to, sorbitol syrup, hydrogenated edible fats, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone, gum tragacanth, gum acacia, and cellulose derivatives such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose. Known dispersing or wetting agents include, but are not limited to, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as lecithin, condensation products of an alkylene oxide with a fatty acid, with a long chain aliphatic alcohol, with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol, or with a partial ester derived from a fatty acid and a hexitol anhydride (e.g., polyoxyethylene stearate, heptadecaethyleneoxycetanol, polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooleate, and polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate, respectively). Known emulsifying agents include, but are not limited to, lecithin, acacia, and ionic or non ionic surfactants. Known preservatives include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, or n-propyl para-hydroxybenzoates, ascorbic acid, and sorbic acid. Known sweetening agents include, for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, sucrose, and saccharin.
- Liquid solutions of the active ingredient in aqueous or oily solvents may be prepared in substantially the same manner as liquid suspensions, the primary difference being that the active ingredient is dissolved, rather than suspended in the solvent. As used herein, an “oily” liquid is one which comprises a carbon-containing liquid molecule and which exhibits a less polar character than water. Liquid solutions of the pharmaceutical composition of the invention may comprise each of the components described with regard to liquid suspensions, it being understood that suspending agents will not necessarily aid dissolution of the active ingredient in the solvent. Aqueous solvents include, for example, water, and isotonic saline. Oily solvents include, for example, almond oil, oily esters, ethyl alcohol, vegetable oils such as arachis, olive, sesame, or coconut oil, fractionated vegetable oils, and mineral oils such as liquid paraffin.
- Powdered and granular formulations of a pharmaceutical preparation of the invention may be prepared using known methods. Such formulations may be administered directly to a subject, used, for example, to form tablets, to fill capsules, or to prepare an aqueous or oily suspension or solution by addition of an aqueous or oily vehicle thereto. Each of these formulations may further comprise one or more of dispersing or wetting agent, a suspending agent, ionic and non-ionic surfactants, and a preservative. Additional excipients, such as fillers and sweetening, flavoring, or coloring agents, may also be included in these formulations.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may also be prepared, packaged, or sold in the form of oil-in-water emulsion or a water-in-oil emulsion. The oily phase may be a vegetable oil such as olive or arachis oil, a mineral oil such as liquid paraffin, or a combination of these. Such compositions may further comprise one or more emulsifying agents such as naturally occurring gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soybean or lecithin phosphatide, esters or partial esters derived from combinations of fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides such as sorbitan monooleate, and condensation products of such partial esters with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. These emulsions may also contain additional ingredients including, for example, sweetening or flavoring agents.
- Methods for impregnating or coating a material with a chemical composition are known in the art, and include, but are not limited to methods of depositing or binding a chemical composition onto a surface, methods of incorporating a chemical composition into the structure of a material during the synthesis of the material (i.e., such as with a physiologically degradable material), and methods of absorbing an aqueous or oily solution or suspension into an absorbent material, with or without subsequent drying. Methods for mixing components include physical milling, the use of pellets in solid and suspension formulations and mixing in a transdermal patch, as known to those skilled in the art.
- The regimen of administration may affect what constitutes an effective amount. The therapeutic formulations may be administered to the patient either prior to or after the onset of a disease or disorder. Further, several divided dosages, as well as staggered dosages may be administered daily or sequentially, or the dose may be continuously infused, or may be a bolus injection. Further, the dosages of the therapeutic formulations may be proportionally increased or decreased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic or prophylactic situation.
- Administration of the compositions of the present invention to a patient, such as a mammal, such as a human, may be carried out using known procedures, at dosages and for periods of time effective to treat a disease or disorder contemplated herein. An effective amount of the therapeutic compound necessary to achieve a therapeutic effect may vary according to factors such as the activity of the particular compound employed; the time of administration; the rate of excretion of the compound; the duration of the treatment; other drugs, compounds or materials used in combination with the compound; the state of the disease or disorder, age, sex, weight, condition, general health and prior medical history of the patient being treated, and like factors well-known in the medical arts. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, several divided doses may be administered daily or the dose may be proportionally reduced as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. A non-limiting example of an effective dose range for a therapeutic compound of the invention is from about 0.01 mg/kg to 100 mg/kg of body weight/per day. One of ordinary skill in the art would be able to study the relevant factors and make the determination regarding the effective amount of the therapeutic compound without undue experimentation.
- The compound may be administered to an animal as frequently as several times daily, or it may be administered less frequently, such as once a day, once a week, once every two weeks, once a month, or even less frequently, such as once every several months or even once a year or less. It is understood that the amount of compound dosed per day may be administered, in non-limiting examples, every day, every other day, every 2 days, every 3 days, every 4 days, or every 5 days. For example, with every other day administration, a 5 mg per day dose may be initiated on Monday with a first subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Wednesday, a second subsequent 5 mg per day dose administered on Friday, and so on. The frequency of the dose is readily apparent to the skilled artisan and depends upon a number of factors, such as, but not limited to, type and severity of the disease being treated, and type and age of the animal.
- Actual dosage levels of the active ingredients in the pharmaceutical compositions of this invention may be varied so as to obtain an amount of the active ingredient that is effective to achieve the desired therapeutic response for a particular patient, composition, and mode of administration, without being toxic to the patient.
- A medical doctor, e.g., physician or veterinarian, having ordinary skill in the art may readily determine and prescribe the effective amount of the pharmaceutical composition required. For example, the physician or veterinarian could start doses of the compounds of the invention employed in the pharmaceutical composition at levels lower than that required in order to achieve the desired therapeutic effect and gradually increase the dosage until the desired effect is achieved.
- In particular embodiments, it is especially advantageous to formulate the compound in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. “Dosage unit form” as used herein refers to physically discrete units suited as unitary dosages for the patients to be treated; each unit containing a predetermined quantity of therapeutic compound calculated to produce the desired therapeutic effect in association with the required pharmaceutical vehicle.
- The dosage unit forms of the invention are dictated by and directly dependent on (a) the unique characteristics of the therapeutic compound and the particular therapeutic effect to be achieved, and (b) the limitations inherent in the art of compounding/formulating such a therapeutic compound for the treatment of a disease or disorder in a patient.
- In certain embodiments, the compositions of the invention are administered to the patient in dosages that range from one to five times per day or more. In other embodiments, the compositions of the invention are administered to the patient in range of dosages that include, but are not limited to, once every day, every two days, every three days to once a week, and once every two weeks. It will be readily apparent to one skilled in the art that the frequency of administration of the various combination compositions of the invention will vary from subject to subject depending on many factors including, but not limited to, age, disease or disorder to be treated, gender, overall health, and other factors. Thus, the invention should not be construed to be limited to any particular dosage regime and the precise dosage and composition to be administered to any patient will be determined by the attending physician taking all other factors about the patient into account.
- Compounds of the invention for administration may be in the range of from about 1 μg to about 7,500 mg, about 20 μg to about 7,000 mg, about 40 μg to about 6,500 mg, about 80 μg to about 6,000 mg, about 100 μg to about 5,500 mg, about 200 μg to about 5,000 mg, about 400 μg to about 4,000 mg, about 800 μg to about 3,000 mg, about 1 mg to about 2,500 mg, about 2 mg to about 2,000 mg, about 5 mg to about 1,000 mg, about 10 mg to about 750 mg, about 20 mg to about 600 mg, about 30 mg to about 500 mg, about 40 mg to about 400 mg, about 50 mg to about 300 mg, about 60 mg to about 250 mg, about 70 mg to about 200 mg, about 80 mg to about 150 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments there-in-between.
- In some embodiments, the dose of a compound of the invention is from about 0.5 μg and about 5,000 mg. In some embodiments, a dose of a compound of the invention used in compositions described herein is less than about 5,000 mg, or less than about 4,000 mg, or less than about 3,000 mg, or less than about 2,000 mg, or less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 50 mg. Similarly, in some embodiments, a dose of a second compound as described herein is less than about 1,000 mg, or less than about 800 mg, or less than about 600 mg, or less than about 500 mg, or less than about 400 mg, or less than about 300 mg, or less than about 200 mg, or less than about 100 mg, or less than about 50 mg, or less than about 40 mg, or less than about 30 mg, or less than about 25 mg, or less than about 20 mg, or less than about 15 mg, or less than about 10 mg, or less than about 5 mg, or less than about 2 mg, or less than about 1 mg, or less than about 0.5 mg, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof.
- In certain embodiments, the present invention is directed to a packaged pharmaceutical composition comprising a container holding a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of the invention, alone or in combination with a second pharmaceutical agent; and instructions for using the compound to treat, prevent, or reduce one or more symptoms of a disease or disorder in a patient.
- The term “container” includes any receptacle for holding the pharmaceutical composition or for managing stability or water uptake. For example, in certain embodiments, the container is the packaging that contains the pharmaceutical composition, such as liquid (solution and suspension), semisolid, lyophilized solid, solution and powder or lyophilized formulation present in dual chambers. In other embodiments, the container is not the packaging that contains the pharmaceutical composition, i.e., the container is a receptacle, such as a box or vial that contains the packaged pharmaceutical composition or unpackaged pharmaceutical composition and the instructions for use of the pharmaceutical composition. Moreover, packaging techniques are well known in the art. It should be understood that the instructions for use of the pharmaceutical composition may be contained on the packaging containing the pharmaceutical composition, and as such the instructions form an increased functional relationship to the packaged product. However, it should be understood that the instructions may contain information pertaining to the compound's ability to perform its intended function, e.g., treating, preventing, or reducing a disease or disorder in a patient.
- Routes of administration of any of the compositions of the invention include inhalational, oral, nasal, rectal, parenteral, sublingual, transdermal, transmucosal (e.g., sublingual, lingual, (trans)buccal, (trans)urethral, vaginal (e.g., trans- and perivaginally), (intra)nasal, and (trans)rectal), intravesical, intrapulmonary, intraduodenal, intragastrical, intrathecal, epidural, intrapleural, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intradermal, intra-arterial, intravenous, intrabronchial, inhalation, and topical administration.
- Suitable compositions and dosage forms include, for example, tablets, capsules, caplets, pills, gel caps, troches, emulsions, dispersions, suspensions, solutions, syrups, granules, beads, transdermal patches, gels, powders, pellets, magmas, lozenges, creams, pastes, plasters, lotions, discs, suppositories, liquid sprays for nasal or oral administration, dry powder or aerosolized formulations for inhalation, compositions and formulations for intravesical administration and the like. It should be understood that the formulations and compositions that would be useful in the present invention are not limited to the particular formulations and compositions that are described herein.
- For oral application, particularly suitable are tablets, dragees, liquids, drops, capsules, caplets and gelcaps. Other formulations suitable for oral administration include, but are not limited to, a powdered or granular formulation, an aqueous or oily suspension, an aqueous or oily solution, a paste, a gel, toothpaste, a mouthwash, a coating, an oral rinse, or an emulsion. The compositions intended for oral use may be prepared according to any method known in the art and such compositions may contain one or more agents selected from the group consisting of inert, non-toxic, generally recognized as safe (GRAS) pharmaceutically excipients which are suitable for the manufacture of tablets. Such excipients include, for example an inert diluent such as lactose; granulating and disintegrating agents such as cornstarch; binding agents such as starch; and lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate.
- Tablets may be non-coated or they may be coated using known methods to achieve delayed disintegration in the gastrointestinal tract of a subject, thereby providing sustained release and absorption of the active ingredient. By way of example, a material such as glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate may be used to coat tablets. Further by way of example, tablets may be coated using methods described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,256,108; 4,160,452; and 4,265,874 to form osmotically controlled release tablets. Tablets may further comprise a sweetening agent, a flavoring agent, a coloring agent, a preservative, or some combination of these in order to provide for pharmaceutically elegant and palatable preparation. Hard capsules comprising the active ingredient may be made using a physiologically degradable composition, such as gelatin. The capsules comprise the active ingredient, and may further comprise additional ingredients including, for example, an inert solid diluent such as calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate, or kaolin.
- As used herein, “parenteral administration” of a pharmaceutical composition includes any route of administration characterized by physical breaching of a tissue of a subject and administration of the pharmaceutical composition through the breach in the tissue. Parenteral administration thus includes, but is not limited to, administration of a pharmaceutical composition by injection of the composition, by application of the composition through a surgical incision, by application of the composition through a tissue-penetrating non-surgical wound, and the like. In particular, parenteral administration is contemplated to include, but is not limited to, subcutaneous, intravenous, intraperitoneal, intramuscular, intrasternal injection, and kidney dialytic infusion techniques.
- Formulations of a pharmaceutical composition suitable for parenteral administration comprise the active ingredient combined with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, such as sterile water or sterile isotonic saline. Such formulations may be prepared, packaged, or sold in a form suitable for bolus administration or for continuous administration. Injectable formulations may be prepared, packaged, or sold in unit dosage form, such as in ampules or in multidose containers containing a preservative. Injectable formulations may also be prepared, packaged, or sold in devices such as patient-controlled analgesia (PCA) devices. Formulations for parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, suspensions, solutions, emulsions in oily or aqueous vehicles, pastes, and implantable sustained-release or biodegradable formulations. Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, suspending, stabilizing, or dispersing agents. In one embodiment of a formulation for parenteral administration, the active ingredient is provided in dry (i.e., powder or granular) form for reconstitution with a suitable vehicle (e.g., sterile pyrogen-free water) prior to parenteral administration of the reconstituted composition.
- The pharmaceutical compositions may be prepared, packaged, or sold in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or oily suspension or solution. This suspension or solution may be formulated according to the known art, and may comprise, in addition to the active ingredient, additional ingredients such as the dispersing agents, wetting agents, or suspending agents described herein. Such sterile injectable formulations may be prepared using a non-toxic parenterally acceptable diluent or solvent, such as water or 1,3-butanediol, for example. Other acceptable diluents and solvents include, but are not limited to, Ringer's solution, isotonic sodium chloride solution, and fixed oils such as synthetic mono- or di-glycerides. Other parentally-administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise the active ingredient in microcrystalline form in a recombinant human albumin, a fluidized gelatin, in a liposomal preparation, or as a component of a biodegradable polymer system. Compositions for sustained release or implantation may comprise pharmaceutically acceptable polymeric or hydrophobic materials such as an emulsion, an ion exchange resin, a sparingly soluble polymer, or a sparingly soluble salt.
- An obstacle for topical administration of pharmaceuticals is the stratum corneum layer of the epidermis. The stratum corneum is a highly resistant layer comprised of protein, cholesterol, sphingolipids, free fatty acids and various other lipids, and includes cornified and living cells. One of the factors that limit the penetration rate (flux) of a compound through the stratum corneum is the amount of the active substance that can be loaded or applied onto the skin surface. The greater the amount of active substance which is applied per unit of area of the skin, the greater the concentration gradient between the skin surface and the lower layers of the skin, and in turn the greater the diffusion force of the active substance through the skin. Therefore, a formulation containing a greater concentration of the active substance is more likely to result in penetration of the active substance through the skin, and more of it, and at a more consistent rate, than a formulation having a lesser concentration, all other things being equal.
- Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid or semi-liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil-in-water or water-in-oil emulsions such as creams, ointments or pastes, and solutions or suspensions. Topically administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of the active ingredient may be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent. Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
- Enhancers of permeation may be used. These materials increase the rate of penetration of drugs across the skin. Typical enhancers in the art include ethanol, glycerol monolaurate, PGML (polyethylene glycol monolaurate), dimethylsulfoxide, and the like. Other enhancers include oleic acid, oleyl alcohol, ethoxydiglycol, laurocapram, alkanecarboxylic acids, dimethylsulfoxide, polar lipids, or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone.
- One acceptable vehicle for topical delivery of some of the compositions of the invention may contain liposomes. The composition of the liposomes and their use are known in the art (i.e., U.S. Pat. No. 6,323,219). In alternative embodiments, the topically active pharmaceutical composition may be optionally combined with other ingredients such as adjuvants, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, surfactants, foaming agents, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, viscosifiers, buffering agents, preservatives, and the like. In other embodiments, a permeation or penetration enhancer is included in the composition and is effective in improving the percutaneous penetration of the active ingredient into and through the stratum corneum with respect to a composition lacking the permeation enhancer. Various permeation enhancers, including oleic acid, oleyl alcohol, ethoxydiglycol, laurocapram, alkanecarboxylic acids, dimethylsulfoxide, polar lipids, or N-methyl-2-pyrrolidone, are known to those of skill in the art. In another aspect, the composition may further comprise a hydrotropic agent, which functions to increase disorder in the structure of the stratum corneum, and thus allows increased transport across the stratum corneum. Various hydrotropic agents such as isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, or sodium xylene sulfonate, are known to those of skill in the art.
- The topically active pharmaceutical composition should be applied in an amount effective to affect desired changes. As used herein “amount effective” shall mean an amount sufficient to cover the region of skin surface where a change is desired. An active compound should be present in the amount of from about 0.0001% to about 15% by weight volume of the composition. For example, it should be present in an amount from about 0.0005% to about 5% of the composition; for example, it should be present in an amount of from about 0.001% to about 1% of the composition. Such compounds may be synthetically- or naturally derived.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be prepared, packaged, or sold in a formulation suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may contain, for example, 0.1 to 20% (w/w) of the active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. Alternately, formulations suitable for buccal administration may comprise a powder or an aerosolized or atomized solution or suspension comprising the active ingredient. Such powdered, aerosolized, or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may have an average particle or droplet size in the range from about 0.1 to about 200 nanometers, and may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. The examples of formulations described herein are not exhaustive and it is understood that the invention includes additional modifications of these and other formulations not described herein, but which are known to those of skill in the art.
- A pharmaceutical composition of the invention may be prepared, packaged, or sold in a formulation suitable for rectal administration. Such a composition may be in the form of, for example, a suppository, a retention enema preparation, and a solution for rectal or colonic irrigation.
- Suppository formulations may be made by combining the active ingredient with a non-irritating pharmaceutically acceptable excipient which is solid at ordinary room temperature (i.e., about 20° C.) and which is liquid at the rectal temperature of the subject (i.e., about 37° C. in a healthy human). Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, cocoa butter, polyethylene glycols, and various glycerides. Suppository formulations may further comprise various additional ingredients including, but not limited to, antioxidants, and preservatives.
- Retention enema preparations or solutions for rectal or colonic irrigation may be made by combining the active ingredient with a pharmaceutically acceptable liquid carrier. As is well known in the art, enema preparations may be administered using, and may be packaged within, a delivery device adapted to the rectal anatomy of the subject. Enema preparations may further comprise various additional ingredients including, but not limited to, antioxidants, and preservatives.
- Additional dosage forms of this invention include dosage forms as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,340,475, 6,488,962, 6,451,808, 5,972,389, 5,582,837, and 5,007,790. Additional dosage forms of this invention also include dosage forms as described in U.S. Patent Applications Nos. 20030147952, 20030104062, 20030104053, 20030044466, 20030039688, and 20020051820. Additional dosage forms of this invention also include dosage forms as described in PCT Applications Nos. WO 03/35041, WO 03/35040, WO 03/35029, WO 03/35177, WO 03/35039, WO 02/96404, WO 02/32416, WO 01/97783, WO 01/56544, WO 01/32217, WO 98/55107, WO 98/11879, WO 97/47285, WO 93/18755, and WO 90/11757.
- In certain embodiments, the compositions and/or formulations of the present invention may be, but are not limited to, short-term, rapid-offset, as well as controlled, for example, sustained release, delayed release and pulsatile release formulations.
- The term “sustained release” is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for gradual release of a drug over an extended period of time, and that may, although not necessarily, result in substantially constant blood levels of a drug over an extended time period. The period of time may be as long as a month or more and should be a release which is longer that the same amount of agent administered in bolus form.
- For sustained release, the compounds may be formulated with a suitable polymer or hydrophobic material which provides sustained release properties to the compounds. As such, the compounds for use the method of the invention may be administered in the form of microparticles, for example, by injection or in the form of wafers or discs by implantation.
- In certain embodiments of the invention, the compounds useful within the invention are administered to a subject, alone or in combination with another pharmaceutical agent, using a sustained release formulation.
- The term “delayed release” is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for an initial release of the drug after some delay following drug administration and that may, although not necessarily, include a delay of from about 10 minutes up to about 12 hours.
- The term “pulsatile release” is used herein in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides release of the drug in such a way as to produce pulsed plasma profiles of the drug after drug administration.
- The term “immediate release” is used in its conventional sense to refer to a drug formulation that provides for release of the drug immediately after drug administration.
- As used herein, “short-term” refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes and any or all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration after drug administration.
- As used herein, “rapid-offset” refers to any period of time up to and including about 8 hours, about 7 hours, about 6 hours, about 5 hours, about 4 hours, about 3 hours, about 2 hours, about 1 hour, about 40 minutes, about 20 minutes, or about 10 minutes, and any and all whole or partial increments thereof after drug administration.
- Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, numerous equivalents to the specific procedures, embodiments, claims, and examples described herein. Such equivalents were considered to be within the scope of this invention and covered by the claims appended hereto. For example, it should be understood, that modifications in reaction conditions, including but not limited to reaction times, reaction size/volume, and experimental reagents, such as solvents, catalysts, pressures, atmospheric conditions, e.g., nitrogen atmosphere, and reducing/oxidizing agents, with art-recognized alternatives and using no more than routine experimentation, are within the scope of the present application.
- It is to be understood that, wherever values and ranges are provided herein, the description in range format is merely for convenience and brevity and should not be construed as an inflexible limitation on the scope of the invention. Accordingly, all values and ranges encompassed by these values and ranges are meant to be encompassed within the scope of the present invention. Moreover, all values that fall within these ranges, as well as the upper or lower limits of a range of values, are also contemplated by the present application. The description of a range should be considered to have specifically disclosed all the possible sub-ranges as well as individual numerical values within that range and, when appropriate, partial integers of the numerical values within ranges. For example, description of a range such as from 1 to 6 should be considered to have specifically disclosed sub-ranges such as from 1 to 3, from 1 to 4, from 1 to 5, from 2 to 4, from 2 to 6, from 3 to 6 etc., as well as individual numbers within that range, for example, 1, 2, 2.7, 3, 4, 5, 5.3, and 6. This applies regardless of the breadth of the range.
- The following examples further illustrate aspects of the present invention. However, they are in no way a limitation of the teachings or disclosure of the present invention as set forth herein.
- The invention is now described with reference to the following Examples. These Examples are provided for the purpose of illustration only, and the invention is not limited to these Examples, but rather encompasses all variations that are evident as a result of the teachings provided herein.
- A mixture of 2-amino-pyridin-3-ol (1) (2.00 g, 18.16 mmol) and potassium ethyl xanthate (2.91 g, 18.16 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was heated under reflux for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and water (30 mL) was added. The mixture was acidified with AcOH to pH 5. The resultant precipitate was filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried to give oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thiol (2) (2.05 g, 74% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.21 (dd, J=5.2, 1.3 Hz, 1H) 7.85 (dd, J=8.1, 1.3 Hz, 1H) 7.25 (dd, J=8.1, 5.2 Hz, 1H).
- A mixture of oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine-2-thiol (2) (500 mg, 3.29 mmol), thionyl chloride (7 mL) and a catalytic amount of DMF (25 μL) was stirred at room temperature for 4 h. The volatiles were then removed in vacuo. The residue was co-evaporated with toluene (3×20 mL) to give the crude 2-chloro-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride (3) (620 mg, quantitative yield), which was used in the next step without purification. 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 9.8-8.8 (br s, 1H) 8.02 (dd, J=5.3, 1.3 Hz, 1H) 7.63 (dd, J=7.9, 1.3 Hz, 1H) 7.10 (dd, J=7.9, 5.3 Hz, 1H).
- A solution of 2-chloro-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride (3) (346 mg, 1.81 mmol), L-penicillamine (300 mg, 2.01 mmol) and DIPEA (1.74 mL, 10.05 mmol) in THF/MeOH (4/12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The residue was suspended in water (100 mL) and acidified to pH 3 with 5% KHSO4 solution. The resultant precipitate were filtered, washed with water (100 mL) and diethyl ether (150 mL) to give (R)-2-(3-hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (4) (300 mg, 62% yield) as an off-white solid. 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 11.0-8.5 (br s, 1H) 7.70 (dd, J=4.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 7.06 (dd, J=7.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 6.83 (dd, J=7.8, 4.8 Hz, 1H) 4.22 (1H, s) 1.60 (3H, s) 1.37 (3H, s). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+. [αD 20]: −129.3 (0.26, methanol).
- (R)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (4) (300 mg, 1.12 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (280 μL, 1.12 mmol, 1 eq) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min, after which time the volatiles were removed in vacuo to give (R)-2-(3-hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (4a) (320 mg, 94% yield) as a white solid. 400 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 12.8-11.2 (m, 2H) 10.5-9.5 (br s, 1H) 7.86 (d, J=4.1 Hz, 1H) 7.53-7.41 (m, 1H) 7.24-7.14 (m, 1H) 4.72 (s, 1H) 1.71 (s, 3H) 1.50 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+
- D-Penicillamine (80 mg, 0.54 mmol) was reacted with 2-chloro-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride (3) using procedure described for compound (4). The product was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (40:60) to give (R)-2-(3-hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (5) (75 mg, 52% yield) as an off-white solid. 300 MHz 1H-NMR (CD3OD, ppm): 7.96-7.82 (m, 1H) 7.38-7.25 (m, 1H) 7.21-7.08 (m, 1H) 4.66 (s, 1H) 1.83 (s, 3H) 1.62 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+. [αD 20]: +137.1 (0.28, methanol).
- (S)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid (5) (70 mg, 0.26 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane in diethyl methanol using procedure described for compound (4a) to produce (S)-2-(3-hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (5a) (60 mg, 75% yield) as an off-white solid. 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 10.8-8.6 (br s, 1H) 7.77-7.64 (m, 1H) 7.11-7.01 (m, 1H) 6.83 (dd, J=7.8, 4.6 Hz, 1H) 4.22 (s, 1H) 1.61 (s, 3H) 1.38 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- A solution of 2-chloro-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride (3) (309 mg, 1.62 mmol), S-trityl-L-cysteine (590 mg, 1.62 mmol) and DIPEA (786 μL, 4.55 mmol) in THF/MeOH (4/10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 20 h. After this time, the solvent was removed in vacuo. The remaining residue was suspended in water (30 mL), acidified to pH 3 with 5% KHSO4 solution and extracted with in CH2Cl2 (3×15 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (50 mL) and dried over solid anhydrous Na2SO4. After filtration and concentration, the residue was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel) using eluent from CH2Cl2 to CH2Cl2/MeOH (30:70) to give N-(benzo[d]oxazol-2-yl)-S-trityl-L-cysteine (L-6) (120 mg, 15% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.2-8.0 (br s, 1H) 8.09 (dd, J=5.2, 1.4 Hz) 7.64 (dd, J=7.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 7.37-7.08 (m, 15H) 6.95 (dd, J=7.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H) 4.15-4.02 (m, 1H) 2.69-2.62 (m, 2H). ESI-MS (m/z): 482 [M+H]+.
- To a solution of N-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-S-trityl-L-cysteine (L-6) (75 mg, 0.16 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (15 mL) at 0° C., Et3SiH (82 μL, 0.51 mmol) was added, followed by TFA (120 μL, 1.56 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 30 min and then the volatiles were removed. The residue was triturated with diethyl ether, and solid (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (7) was collected by filtration, and then dissolved in methanol and treated with 2N HCl/Et2O solution (70 μL. 0.14 mmol). After removal of the volatile, the resultant residue was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (40:60) to give (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (7a) (22 mg, 52% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (CD3OD, ppm): 7.91 (dd, J=4.9, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 7.32 (dd, J=8.0, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 7.15 (dd, J=8.0, 4.9 Hz, 1H) 4.96 (dd, J=9.0, 5.6 Hz, 1H) 3.86 (dd, J=11.4, 9.0 Hz, 1H) 3.75 (dd, J=11.4, 5.6 Hz, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 240 [M+H]+.
- S-trityl-D-cysteine (716 mg, 1.97 mmol) was reacted with 2-chloro-oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridine hydrochloride (3) and DIPEA using procedure described for compound L-6 to produce N-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-S-trityl-D-cysteine (D-6) (370 mg, 39% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.09 (dd, J=5.2, 1.4 Hz) 8.05 (br s, 1H) 7.65 (dd, J=7.8, 1.4 Hz, 1H) 7.34-7.12 (m, 15H) 6.95 (dd, J=7.8, 5.2 Hz, 1H) 4.17-4.02 (m, 1H) 2.70-2.61 (m, 2H). ESI-MS (m/z): 482 [M+H]+.
- N-(oxazolo[4,5-b]pyridin-2-yl)-S-trityl-D-cysteine (D-6) (360 mg, 0.75 mmol) was reacted with TFA/Et3SiH to obtain (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (8), then treated with HCl/Et2O solution to produce (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (8a) (60 mg, 29% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (CD3OD, ppm): 7.96-7.90 (m, 1H) 7.40-7.32 (m, 1H) 7.19 (dd, J=8.1, 4.8 Hz, 1H) 5.25-5.11 (m, 1H) 4.00-3.89 (m, 1H), 3.79 (dd, J=11.6, 4.8 Hz, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 240 [M+H]+.
- A mixture of 3-amino-4-hydroxypyridine (9) (780 mg, 7.08 mmol) and potassium ethyl xanthate (2.27 g, 14.17 mmol) in ethanol (40 mL) was heated at reflux for 24 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and water (30 mL) was added. The mixture was acidified with AcOH to pH 5. The resultant precipitate was filtered, washed with water (20 mL) and dried to afford oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine-2-thiol (10) (770 mg, 71% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.46 (s, 1H) 8.30 (d, J=6.0 Hz, 1H) 7.43 (d, J=6.0, 1H).
- A mixture of oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine-2-thiol (10) (650 mg, 4.27 mmol), sulfuryl chloride (8 mL), and catalytic amount of DMF (25 μL) was stirred at 60° C. for 20 h. The mixture was cooled and the resulting crystals were filtered, washed with petroleum ether (20 mL), diethylether (20 mL) and dried to give 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine hydrochloride (11) (660 mg, 99% yield), which was used in the next step without purification. 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.78 (s, 1H) 8.71 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H) 8.01 (d, J=6.4, 1H).
- A mixture of L-penicillamine (130 mg, 0.87 mmol), 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine hydrochloride (11) (198 mg, 1.04 mmol), and Na2CO3 (554 mg, 5.23 mmol) in THF/MeOH (2/10 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were then removed in vacuo. The residue was suspended in water (100 mL) and acidified to pH 3 with 5% KHSO4 solution. The mixture was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (40:60) to give (R)-2-((4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (12) (80 mg, 34% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 11.41 (br s, 1H) 8.82-8.69 (m, 1H) 7.61 (dd, J=7.0, 1.3 Hz, 1H) 6.19 (d, J=7.0, 1H) 4.49 (s, 1H) 1.62 (s, 1H) 1.38 (s, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- (R)-2-((4-Hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (12) (77 mg, 0.29 mmol) was dissolved in methanol (3 mL) and 4N HCl in 1,4-dioxane (79 μL, 0.32 mmol) was added at 0° C. The mixture was stirred for 30 min and then the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was treated with CH2Cl2, and the resultant precipitate was filtered to give (R)-2-((4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (12a) (82 mg, 94% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.35-8.20 (m, 1H) 8.03-7.96 (m, 1H) 6.80-6.72 (m, 1H) 4.60 (s, 1H) 1.70 (s, 3H) 1.48 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- 4-Aminopyridin-3-ol (14) (1.00 g, 9.08 mmol) was reacted with potassium ethyl xanthate using procedure described for compound (10) to afford oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine-2-thiol (15) (650 mg, 47% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.64-8.61 (m, 1H) 8.30 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 1H) 7.40 (dd, J=6.1, 0.5 Hz, 1H).
- A mixture of oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine-2-thiol (15) (560 mg, 3.68 mmol), thionyl chloride (12 mL), and catalytic amount of DMF (40 μL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The residue was co-evaporated with toluene (3×20 mL), then triturated with another portion of toluene (15 mL). The resultant precipitate was filtered to give 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine hydrochloride (16) (450 mg, 64% yield). 400 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 9.00-8.99 (m, 1H) 8.61 (dd, J=6.3, 0.7 Hz, 1H) 7.68 (dd, J=6.3, 0.5 Hz, 1H).
- L-Penicillamine (240 mg, 1.61 mmol) was reacted with 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine hydrochloride (16) using procedure described for compound (12). The product was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (40:60) to give (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (17) (90 mg, 26% yield). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- (R)-2-((3-Hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (17) (85 mg, 0.32 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane in methanol using procedure described for compound (12a) to produce (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (17a) (88 mg, 91% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (D2O, ppm): 8.18 (d, J=1.0 Hz, 1H) 8.15 (dd, J=6.4, 1.0 Hz, 1H) 7.75 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H) 4.59 (s, 1H) 1.78 (s, 3H) 1.57 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- D-Penicillamine (280 mg, 1.88 mmol) was reacted with 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine hydrochloride (16) using procedure described for compound (17). The product was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (40:60) to give (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (18) (90 mg, 25% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.03-8.01 (m, 1H) 7.87 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H) 7.41-7.20 (m, 1H) 4.44 (s, 1H) 1.64 (s, 3H) 1.41 (s, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- (S)-2-((3-Hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (18) (88 mg, 0.33 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane in methanol using procedure described for compound (17) to produce (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-4-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (18a) (92 mg, 92% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (D2O, ppm): 8.21-8.12 (m, 2H) 7.84 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 1H) 4.60 (s, 1H) 1.78 (s, 3H) 1.57 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- Oxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine-2-thiol (20) (1.60 g, 10.51 mmol) was reacted with thionyl chloride using procedure described for compound (16) to afford 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine hydrochloride (21) (1.60 g, 80% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.40 (dd, J=5.0, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 8.25 (dd, J=7.9, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 7.54 (dd, J=7.9, 5.0 Hz, 1H).
- A solution of 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine hydrochloride (21) (300 mg, 1.30 mmol), L-penicillamine (300 mg, 2.01 mmol) and DIPEA (1.74 mL, 10.05 mmol) in THF/MeOH (4/12 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were then removed in vacuo. The resultant residue was suspended in water (100 mL) and acidified to pH 3 with 5% KHSO4 solution. The resultant precipitate was filtered, and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (20:80) to give (R)-2-((2-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (22) (240 mg, 69% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 11.77 (br s, 1H) 8.22-8.10 (m, 1H) 6.98 (dd, J=6.6, 1.7 Hz, 1H) 6.17 (dd, J=7.0, 6.7 Hz, 1H) 4.44 (s, 1H) 1.61 (s, 3H) 1.37 (s, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- (R)-2-((2-Hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (22) (145 mg, 0.54 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane in methanol using procedure described for compound (12a) to produce (R)-2-((2-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (22a) (155 mg, 94% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 12.6-12.2 (br s, 1H) 7.72-7.60 (m, 1H) 7.52-7.40 (m, 1H) 6.36-6.27 (m, 1H) 4.70 (s, 1H) 1.72 (s, 3H) 1.50 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+; melting point: 211-213° C.
- D-Penicillamine (450 mg, 3.02 mmol) was reacted with 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-b]pyridine hydrochloride (21) using procedure described for compound (22). The product was purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (20:80) to give (S)-2-((2-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (23) (420 mg, 94% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 12.07 (br s, 1H) 8.00-7.87 (m, 1H) 7.27-7.15 (m, 1H) 6.28-6.20 (m, 1H) 4.58 (s, 1H) 1.66 (s, 3H) 1.43 (s, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- (S)-2-((2-Hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid (23) (350 mg, 1.31 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane in methanol using procedure described for compound (12a) to produce (S)-2-((2-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (23a) (300 mg, 75% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 12.3-11.9 (br s, 1H) 8.02-7.80 (m, 1H) 7.31-7.15 (m, 1H) 6.31-6.18 (m, 1H) 4.59 (s, 1H) 1.66 (s, 3H) 1.44 (s, 3H). ESI-MS (m/z): 268 [M+H]+.
- A mixture of (tert-butoxycarbonyl)-L-cysteine (358 mg, 1.62 mmol), 2-chlorooxazolo[4,5-c]pyridine hydrochloride (11) (358 mg, 1.87 mmol) and Na2CO3 (857 mg, 8.09 mmol) in THE (15 mL) was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The solvents were then removed in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash chromatography using gradient elution from CH2Cl2/MeOH (99:1) to CH2Cl2/MeOH (1:1) to give N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-S-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-L-cysteine (24) (148 mg, 27% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (CD3OD, ppm): 8.82-8.77 (m, 1H) 8.43 (dd, J=5.6, 1.2 Hz, 1H) 7.64 (dd, J=5.6, 1.1 Hz, 1H) 4.43 (dd, J=7.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H) 4.04 (dd, J=13.4, 4.4 Hz, 1H) 3.65 (dd, J=13.4, 7.2 Hz, 1H) 1.37 (s, 9H). ESI-MS (m/z): 340 [M+H]+.
- N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-S-(oxazolo[4,5-c]pyridin-2-yl)-L-cysteine (24) (120 mg, 0.35 mmol) was suspended in 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane (10 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The volatiles were then removed and the residue was treated with diethyl ether (10 mL). The resultant precipitate was filtered and purified by reverse phase flash chromatography using gradient elution from H2O to H2O/MeCN (75:25) to give (R)-2-((4-hydroxypyridin-3-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (25a) (45 mg, 46% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (D2O, ppm): 8.25 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H) 7.98 (dd, J=7.3, 1.6 Hz, 1H) 6.77 (d, J=7.3 Hz, 1H) 4.99-4.89 (m, 1H) 4.01 (dd, J=11.6, 9.1 Hz, 1H) 3.80 (dd, J=11.6, 4.5 Hz, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 240 [M+H]+.
- (tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-L-cysteine (143 mg, 0.52 mmol) and 2-chlorooxazolo[5,4-c]pyridine hydrochloride (16) (100 mg, 0.65 mmol) were suspended in THF (10 mL) and cooled to −20° C. After cooling, DIPEA (280 μL, 1.62 mmol) was added and the mixture was allowed to reach room temperature (2 hours). After this time, a 5% KHSO4 Solution (7 mL) was added and the resulting suspension was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with water (30 mL), then with brine (20 mL), and dried over solid anhydrous Na2SO4. The product was purified by flash chromatography using eluent from CH2Cl2 to CH2Cl2/MeOH (70:30) to give N-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-S-(oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-L-cysteine (26) (120 mg, 68% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 8.91 (d, J=0.9 Hz, 1H) 8.47 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H) 7.66 (dd, J=5.3, 0.9 Hz, 1H) 6.35-6.24 (m, 1H) 3.98-3.90 (m, 1H) 3.84 (dd, J=12.3, 5.0 Hz, 1H) 3.63 (dd, J=12.3, 6.2 Hz, 1H) 1.32 (s, 9H). ESI-MS (m/z): 340 [M+H]+.
- N-(tert-Butoxycarbonyl)-S-(oxazolo[5,4-c]pyridin-2-yl)-L-cysteine (26) (220 mg, 0.65 mmol) was treated with 4N HCl/1,4-dioxane using procedure described for compound (12a) to produce (R)-2-(3-hydroxy-pyridin-4-ylamino)-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid hydrochloride (27a) (83 mg, 46% yield). 300 MHz 1H-NMR (DMSO-d6, ppm): 11.5-9.3 (br s, 2H) 8.03 (s, 1H) 7.90 (d, J=5.3 Hz, 1H) 7.62-7.42 (m, 1H) 4.94-4.76 (m, 1H) 3.62 (dd, J=11.1, 8.6 Hz, 1H) 3.50 (dd, J=11.1, 5.9 Hz, 1H). ESI-MS (m/z): 240 [M+H]+; melting point: 191° C. (dec.).
- Luminol-like compounds such as L-012 are chemilumescent probes that are oxidized by the presence of ROS and RNS such as peroxynitrite. In this assay L-012 is oxidized by the addition of 3-morpholino-sydnonimine (SIN-1), a known peroxynitrite generator. The emitted luminescence is directly proportional to the concentration of SIN-1. The compounds were assessed for their ability to neutralize/scavenge/decompose peroxynitrite by blocking the increase of peroxynitrite induced chemilumescence. Concentrations of compound producing 50% inhibition of the luminescence signal (IC50 values) were calculated by testing the compounds at various concentrations of two parallel measurements. In the screening mode the concentration-response curve with IC50 value determination was repeated if the lowest concentration of compound did not reach about 70 to 100% of control value.
- Stock solution (10 mM) of compounds were prepared in 100% DMSO. From stock, test solutions of compounds at 100, 30, 10, 3 and 1 μM concentrations were prepared in phosphate-buffered solution (PBS, pH=8.5) (final concentration of compounds 10, 3, 1, 0.3, 0.1 μM). After initial measurement of compounds at 10 μM concentration, a concentration-response curve with IC50 determination for active compounds was performed (when inhibition of peroxynitrite generation rate of compounds at 10 μM was more than 50% from control).
- The following solutions were added to white polystyrene, non-sterile 96-well plate (Thermo Scientifi NUNC™ 96 MICROWELL™ White Polystyrene Plates #447796):
-
- 10 μL SIN-1 2 mM in 100% DMSO solution (SIN-1 final concentration 100 μM, DMSO final volume—5%);
- 190 μL L012+/−test compound in phosphate-buffered solution (PBS, pH=8.5) (L012 final concentration 100 μM).
- Luminescence signal was recorded by Hidex Sense multimodal microplate reader (Hidex) at 30° C. for 30 min, with a measurement every 60 sec and an integration time of 1 sec.
- L-012 Data collection and Analysis
- IC50 values were calculated using two different methods; first by measuring the slopes of the steepest linear portion of the kinetic profile during the first 5 min (as % from control) and secondly, by measuring the maximal luminiscence at 30 min time point (as % from control). IC50 values of the tested compounds were calculated using GraphPad Prism 5.0 software package.
- Compounds with IC50>10 μM (in % PN gen, or in % luminol absorb. @ 30 min) are considered to be inactive in the present assays.
-
TABLE 1 Inhibition of Peroxynitrite generation from SIN1 and Inhibition of SIN1-luminol signal by compounds of the invention IC50 (μM) Peroxynitrite gen IC50 (μM) (% luminol absorb. Cmpd # (% control, 10 μM) (% PN gen) @ 30 min) resveratrol 1 0.41 0.2 4a 0 0.26 1.8 5a 0 0.17 1.6 7a 0 0.17 1.8 8a 0 0.23 2.1 12a 82 >10 >10 17a 75 >10 >10 18a 77 >10 >10 22a 96 >10 >10 23a 67 >10 >10 25a 111 >10 >10 27a 61 >10 >10 - ATPlite is an Adenosine TriPhosphate monitoring system based on firefly luciferase. ATP monitoring was used as a measure of PC12 cell viability, as it is present in all metabolically active cells and its concentration very rapidly declines as cells undergo necrosis and apoptosis. ATPlite is based upon the production of light given off during the reaction of ATP & D-Luciferin in the presence of Luciferase. The emitted light is proportional to the ATP concentration. Compounds of the invention were assessed for their ability to inhibit SIN-1 induced cell toxicity. Inhibitory concentrations, IC50 values, were calculated by testing compounds of the invention at various concentrations and averaging the IC50 of two plates.
- All cell work was carried out under the cell culture hood in a sterile environment. On Day 1, rat pheochromocytoma cells (PC12) cells were dissociated from T75 flasks with 0.25% trypsin/EDTA for approximately 2 minutes. Cells were harvested by adding 10 mL of F12K media to each flask and collecting cells into a sterile 15 mL conical tube. From this, 10 μL of cells were placed into 90 μL of trypan blue in a 1.5 mL microfuge tube. This was equal to a dilution factor of 10. The microfuge tube was mixed via vortex briefly, and 10 μL was added into one side of a hemacytometer. The cells were counted in the 4 large corner quadrants of the hemacytometer under the inverted microscope at 10× and the average of the 4 quadrants was calculated. Blue cells were not counted as these cells represented non-viable cells. The number of cells present in 1 mL of media was determined using the following equation: cells/mL=(#cells counted/# squares counted)×104× dilution factor. (For example: 2.5×106 cells/mL=(100 cells/4 squares)×10000×10). Harvested cells were diluted in F12K media containing high serum (10% horse serum, 5% fetal bovine serum, 1% penicillin streptomycin) so that there were 300,000 cells in 1 mL. From this, 100 μL of cells/media were added to a sterile, clear-bottom collagen-coated 96-well plate (30,000 cells/well). The cells were allowed to attach overnight at 37° C., 5% CO2.
- All cell work is carried out under the cell culture hood in a sterile environment. On Day 2, media was removed from each plate and replaced with 100 μl of F12K containing low serum (1% horse serum, 1% penicillin streptomycin). To test the concentration-response of compounds of the invention, serial dilutions of these compounds of 5 mM down to 0.02 mM were prepared in PBS. Each dilution (2 μl volume) was added to the appropriate wells in quadruplicate. Test compounds were incubated on the cells at 37° C. before adding 2 μL of 50 mM SIN-1. The cells were then incubated overnight at 37° C.
- On Day 3, 10.25 mL of ATPlite buffer was added to 1 vial of lyophilized substrate solution (ATPlite 1 step luminescence ATP detection Assay system (Perkin Elmer, #6016731)). To each plate, 100 μl/well of lyophilized solution was added and mixed on an orbital plate shaker for 2 min at 250 rpm. The plate was read within 5 min the FlexStation3 in luminescence mode.
- Luminescence signal was recorded by the FlexStation3 and percent of control was calculated. The wells containing only cells were used to calculate 100% of control, wells containing only SIN-1 was used to calculate 0%. The remaining data was plotted as % of control by subtracting the average of the SIN-1 controls and dividing by the 100% control value.
- All behavioral studies were conducted using male C57B16 (Taconic Laboratories) mice weighing between 20 and 25 grams. Mice were used in behavioral experiments starting one week after arrival. Animals were housed with a 12 h light/dark cycle and had food and water available ad libitum.
- Mice were placed in acrylic boxes with wire mesh floors and allowed to habituate for 1 hr. After pretreatment mechanical thresholds were recorded, animals received intraplantar injections of NGF (50 ng, Millipore, Billerica, Mass.) or TL6 (0.1 ng, R&D Systems) in a volume of 25 μL sterile 0.9% saline. Calibrated Von Frey filaments (Stoelting) were used for mechanical stimulation of the plantar surface of the left hindpaw and withdrawal thresholds were calculated using the up-down method (Chaplan, et al., 1994, J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63). Paw withdrawal thresholds were measured at 1 hr, 3 hr, 24 hr, 48 h and 72 h post injection. Mouse grimace scale measurements were made from videos captured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h after injection of compounds as described previously (Langford, et al., 2010, Nature Methods 7:447-449). A mouse model for ‘hyperalgesic priming’ originally developed by Levine and colleagues (for review see Reichling, et al., 2009, Trends Neurosci. 32:611-618) and adapted for mice (Asiedu, et al., 2011, J. Neurosci. 31:6646-6653) was used for the study. For assessment of hyperalgesic priming, animals were baselined for mechanical thresholds after recovery from NGF or IL6 mechanical hypersensitivity and subsequently injected in the left hindpaw with 100 ng of prostaglandin E2 (PGE2, Cayman Chemical, Ann Arbor, Mich., USA) in 25 μl sterile 0.9% NaCl. Following PGE2 injection, paw withdrawal thresholds were again measured at 1 hr, 3 hr and 24 hr following the PGE2 injection. Mouse grimace scale measurements were made from videos captured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h after injection of compounds. AMPK activator dosing was done in a volume of 25 μL 0.9% sterile saline for intraplantar injections or in 0.5% hydroxypropyl methylcellulose plus 0.1% polysorbate-80 (both from Sigma, St. Louis, Mo., USA) in ultrapure H2O in a total volume of 200 μL by oral gavage.
- The experimenters measuring mechanical withdrawal thresholds or scoring mouse facial expressions were always blinded to the experimental conditions. Mice were randomized to groups by a blinded experimenter and mice of individual groups were never housed together (e.g. home cages were always mixed between experimental groups).
- Plantar incision and behavioral testing: Prior to surgery all animals were assessed for paw withdrawal thresholds. A mouse model of incisional pain was used for this study (Banik, et al., 2006, Anesthesiology 105:1246-1253). A 5 mm longitudinal incision was made with a number 11 blade through skin, fascia and muscle of the plantar aspect of the hindpaw in isoflurane-anesthetized rats. Sham controls underwent the same procedure but without the incision. The skin was apposed with 2 sutures of 5 mm silk. Animals received intraplantar injection of resveratrol or vehicle around the incision at times indicated after incision. Animals were allowed to recover for 24 h and then paw withdrawal thresholds were measured at 24 h, 48 h, 72 h, and 5 d, 7 d, 9 d, 11 d, and 13 d post-surgery. Grimace scale measurements were made at 24 h and 48 h after incision from videos captured at those time points by a blinded observer. For hyperalgesic priming experiments, the animals received an intraplantar injection of PGE2 (100 ng/25 μl) 28 days following incision or sham procedures. The paw withdrawal thresholds were again measured at 1 h, 3 h and 24 h following the PGE2 injection. Grimace scale measurements were also done at these time points from videos captured and scored by blinded observers.
- Neuropathic pain surgery and behavioral testing: Male mice (20-25 g) or male Sprague Dawley rats (250-300 g) were used. All animal procedures were approved by the Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee of The University of Texas at Dallas and were in accordance with International Association for the Study of Pain guidelines. Prior to surgery all animals were assessed for mechanical withdrawal thresholds (Chaplan, et al., 1994, J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63). During surgery animals are anesthetized with isoflurane gas anesthesia and kept on a warming pad during the surgery. Mice and rats are allowed to recover in a warmed cage for an hour after surgery. Antibiotics are administered to all animals after surgery to avoid infection. Spared nerve injury (SNI) was performed on the mice as described previously (Bourquin, et al., 2006, Pain 122:14 el 1-14). The sciatic nerve of these mice is exposed at mid-thigh level and the common peroneal and tibial branches of the nerve are isolated, ligated and cut. The sural nerve is left intact. The overlying muscle is then closed and the skin is sutured closed. Spinal nerve ligation (SNL) was done on rats by tight ligation of the L5 and L6 spinal nerves as described by Kim & Chung, 1992, Pain 50:355-363.
- Here the skin above the spinal column is incised and the L5 and L6 DRGs are exposed to reveal the spinal nerves. The spinal nerves are ligated and cut and the skin is then closed. Sham control animals underwent the same surgery and handling as the experimental animals but without the SNL or SNI. All animals were allowed to recover for 14 days and all testing commenced day 14 day post-surgery. Following nerve injury, only animals that developed paw withdrawal thresholds less than 1 g for SNI and less than 4.7 g for SNL by day 14 post-surgery were used. Animals were placed in acrylic boxes with wire mesh floors and allowed to habituate for 1 hr. Pre-drug mechanical thresholds were recorded and the animals received intraperitoneal or oral gavage administration of AMPK activating test compounds or vehicle. Calibrated von Frey filaments (Stoelting, Wood Dale, Ill.) were used for mechanical stimulation of the plantar surface of the left hindpaw and withdrawal thresholds were calculated using the up-down method (Chaplan, et al., 1994, J. Neurosci. Methods 53:55-63).
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention prior to an intra-plantar administration of capsaicin, and withdrawal latencies were measured. Compounds of the invention can prevent the development of hyperalgesic pain states produced by capsaicin, a model of hyperalgesia well known to those skilled in the art.
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention prior to an intra-plantar incision. Vehicle, a reference compound (e.g., indomethacin, celecoxib, naproxen), or compounds of this invention were administered at the conclusion of a surgical incision and latency values were measured 24 h later (0 timepoint) and 30 min and 60 min thereafter. Determination of latencies was subsequently conducted 48 h and 72 h in the same manner. Compounds of the invention can prevent hyperalgesia due to a (surgical) incision.
- Rats were administered compounds of the invention after an intra-plantar incision (2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h, 12 h, 24 h). Vehicle, a reference compound (e.g., indomethacin, celecoxib, naproxen), or compounds of this invention were administered at these times. Determination of latencies was conducted at 30 min, 60 min, 2 h, 4 h, 6 h, 8 h and 12 h after administration. Compounds of the invention can reverse hyperalgesia due to a (surgical) incision.
- SIN1 releases peroxynitrite. Vehicle or compounds of the invention were administered before the an intraplantar dose of intravenous of SIN1 (e.g., 1 mg/kg). Latency was measured 2 h later. A second dose of SIN1 (1 mg/kg) was administered 30 min after the first test period and latency was again measured 2 h later. SIN1 was again administered 30 min and latency was again measured 2 h later. Compounds of the invention can block the development of hyperalgesia caused by (repeated dosing of) SIN-1, a known generator of peroxynitrite.
- Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) intraplantar model of inflammatory pain produces behaviors similar to those observed in patients and has been widely used to assess novel pharmacological treatments (Lam, et al., 2008, J. Ethnopharmacol. 120:44-50).
- In this assay, intraplantar injection of CFA was performed under 2.5-4.0% isoflurane/O2 anesthesia, delivered via nose cone. After induction of anesthesia, the injection site was prepared in a sterile manner and 100 μL of a 50% suspension of FCA injected. After injection, animals were weighed and allowed to recover before being returned to their home cages.
- Paw withdrawal latency to a thermal stimulus was assessed using a radiant heat source (Ugo Basile, Italy) aimed at the plantar surface of the left hind paw (Hargreaves test; Hargreaves, et al., 1988, Pain 32:77-88). A cut-off latency of 40 sec was set to avoid tissue damage. Paw withdrawal thresholds to a non-noxious tactile stimulus was assessed using an electronic von Frey apparatus that presented an increasing mechanical force to the plantar surface of the hind paw. Paw volume was measured by displacement of water and assuming a tissue density equal to that of water. Baseline latencies, thresholds and volume were taken prior to FCA injection and re-assessed 24-72 h later. The positive control was celecoxib (TRC, Montreal), and the negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose, in phosphate buffered saline). Compounds of the invention were administered (25 mg/kg, i.v.; or 3-100 mg/kg, p.o.) either once immediately prior to FCA (preemptive) or 24-72 hours post-FCA (curative).
- Paw volume was assessed 24-72 h post-dosing. Compounds of the invention were administered curatively, with behavior or paw volume was assessed 30-180 min post-dosing. Celecoxib (30 mg/kg p.o.) served as the positive control. Intraplantar injection of 100 μL of FCA into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia, tactile allodynia (as assessed by electronic von Frey) and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus, decreased threshold to a non-noxious tactile stimulus and increase in paw volume. Compounds of the invention administered preemptively prevented the development of thermal hyperalgesia and tactile allodynia.
- Intraplantar injection of 100 μL of FCA into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia, tactile allodynia (as assessed by von Frey stimuli) and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus, decreased threshold to a non-noxious tactile stimulus and increase in paw volume. Compounds of the invention administered preemptively prevented the development of thermal hyperalgesia and tactile allodynia.
- The intraplantar carrageenan model of acute inflammatory pain in the rat results in behaviors similar to that observed in patients and has been widely used to assess novel pharmacological treatments (Whiteside, et al., 2005, J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther. 314:1234-1240).
- For this assay, paw withdrawal latency to a thermal stimulus was assessed using a radiant heat source (Ugo Basile, Italy) aimed at the plantar surface of the left hind paw (Hargreaves test). A cut-off latency of 40 sec is set to avoid tissue damage. Paw volume was measured by displacement of water and assuming a tissue density equal to that of water. Baseline latencies were taken prior to carrageenan administration and re-assessed 4 h later. Compounds of the invention or vehicle were administered (10 and 30 mg/kg, p.o.) 3 h after carrageenan (curative) and behavior assessed 1 h later. Additionally, compounds of the invention were administered 15 minutes prior to carrageenan (preemptive) and behavior assessed 4 h post carrageenan. Indomethacin (positive control, 30 mg/kg p.o.) was administered prior to carrageenan and behavior assessed 4 h post-carrageenan.
- Intraplantar injection of carrageenan was performed under 2.5-4.0% isoflurane/O2 anesthesia, delivered via nose cone. After induction of anesthesia, the injection site was prepared in a sterile manner and 50 μL of a 2% X-carrageenan was injected. After injection, animals were weighed and allowed to recover before being returned to their home cages.
- The positive control was indomethacin (Sigma, St. Louis), and the negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose). Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, II) were 250-300 g at time of dosing. The Hargreaves apparatus was obtained from Ugo Basile, Italy, and the X-carrageenan was obtained from Sigma, St. Louis.
- Intraplantar injection of 50 μL of carrageenan into the hind paw resulted in the development of thermal hyperalgesia and edema as indicated by a decreased latency to a noxious thermal stimulus and increase in paw volume.
- Compounds of the invention can significantly prevent either carrageenan-induced edema or thermal hyperalgesia. When dosed preemptively indomethacin (30 mg/kg p.o.), the positive control, produced a statistically significant prevention of both thermal hyperalgesia and edema.
- The spinal nerve ligation (SNL) model of neuropathic pain in the rat results in behaviors similar to that observed in patients (Kim & Chung, 1992, Pain 50(3):355-63) and has been widely used to assess novel pharmacological treatments (Sindrup & Jensen, 1999, Pain 83(3):389-400). Compounds of the invention were evaluated for its ability to reverse or prevent development of tactile allodynia in a rat model of neuropathic pain.
- The positive control was gabapentin (Toronto Research Chemicals, Canada). The negative control was vehicle (0.5% methyl cellulose; 2-hydroxy-propyl-beta-cyclodextrin). Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, 11) were 250-300 g at time of dosing. Von Frey filaments were obtained from Stoelting, Ill, and 7-0 silk, 4-0 vicryl sutures were obtained from Ethicon, NJ.
- The surgical procedure was performed under 2.5-4.0% isoflurane/O2 anesthesia, delivered via nose cone, and anesthesia was maintained for the duration of the surgery. After induction of anesthesia, the incision site was shaved and prepared in a sterile manner. A midline incision was performed, the LS transverse process removed and the LS spinal nerves tightly ligated with 7-0 silk suture material. The wound was closed in layers with 4-0 vicryl. Sham-operated control rats underwent the identical procedure however, the spinal nerve was not manipulated or ligated. After surgery, animals were weighed and allowed to recover before being returned to their home cages.
- The effect of compounds of the invention on nerve injury induced tactile allodynia was investigated using von Frey filaments 1-3 weeks after tight ligation of the LS spinal nerve. Tactile thresholds were assessed using a series of calibrated von Frey monofilaments (Stoelting, Wood Dale, Ill.). Assessment of tactile allodynia was measured as the hind paw-withdrawal threshold that produced a 50% likelihood of a withdrawal using the up-down method. Thresholds were evaluated before surgery, and they were reassessed 1-3 weeks after SNL surgery. Rats were administered either a single acute dose of test article (30 mg/kg) on the day of surgery, QD (10 and 50 mg/kg) on days 1-5 post-surgery or QD (30 mg/kg) on days 1-5 post-surgery. Tactile thresholds were again assessed either 1 and 3 h, 3 and 5 h or once weekly after administration. Vehicle treated animals were included and gabapentin (100 mg/kg, i.p.) was used as the positive control. The number of animals per group was 8.
- Spinal nerve ligation resulted in the development of tactile allodynia as indicated by a decreased paw withdrawal threshold to a non-noxious tactile mechanical stimulus, 3 to 4 weeks post-surgery. Using non-fasted animals, compounds of the invention can produce a statistically significant difference from vehicle treated animals. In separate experiments, gabapentin (100 mg/kg i.p.), the positive control, consistently produced a statistically significant reversal of allodynia.
- Ataxia is a common clinical problem with CNS-active compounds and can often confound interpretation of efficacy in preclinical pain models. The rotarod assay of ataxia has been widely used to assess the side-effect liability of novel pharmacological treatments (Jones & Roberts, 1968, J. Pharm. Pharmacol. 20:302-04).
- The effect of compounds of the invention to impact latency to fall in an accelerating rotarod assay of ataxia in rats was evaluated. The positive control was haloperidol (Sigma, St. Louis), and the negative control was vehicle (which was hydroxypropylmethyl-cellulose and 15% DMA, 65% PEG300, and 20% D5W for haloperidol).
- Male Sprague-Dawley Rats (Harlan, Ill) were 250-300 g at time of dosing. Rotarod was obtained from IITC, CA. To examine the potential effects of compounds of the invention on motor performance, rats were tested on an accelerating rotarod (IITC, Ca). In this assay, rats were placed on the rotarod with the speed set to accelerate from 4 to 40 rpm over 300 sec. The maximum time spent on the rotarod was set at 300 seconds. Rats received two timed training trials (averaged to give the reported baseline) on the first day, then 24 h later rats were administered compound of the invention (30, 100 and 300 mg/kg, p.o.), haloperidol (3 mg/kg, p.o.) or vehicle. Latency to fall was assessed 1 h post-drug administration corresponding approximately to the Tmax for compounds of the invention when given orally to rats.
- Latency to fall increased in all groups between baseline and post-drug effects; performance improves with repeated runs on the rotarod. A compound of the invention (30, 100 and 300 mg/kg, p.o.) did not significantly decrease latency to fall in the rotarod assay at 1 h post-dosing as compared to vehicle treated animals. In contrast, haloperidol (3 mg/kg, p.o.), the positive control, resulted in significant motor deficits 1 h post-administration.
- The following exemplary embodiments are provided, the numbering of which is not to be construed as designating levels of importance:
- Embodiment 1 provides a compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
- wherein:
- Y is selected from the group consisting of S, O, NH, NR, and CH2;
- R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted;
- R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —C(═O)H, —C(═O)—R, and —CH2—OR;
- R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, or R3 and R4 can combine to form C1-C6 alkylene;
- W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, —C(═O)NRR, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
- each occurrence of R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
- Embodiment 2 provides the compound of embodiment 1, which is a compound of formula (Ia):
- Embodiment 3 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-2, wherein R2 is H.
- Embodiment 4 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-3, wherein Y═S.
- Embodiment 5 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-4, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, and —C(═O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
- Embodiment 6 provides the compound of any one of embodiments 1-5, wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-C6 alkyl.
- Embodiment 7 provides the compound of any of embodiments 1-6, which is selected from the group consisting of: (R)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (S)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid; (S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid; and a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof.
- Embodiment 8 provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of embodiments 1-6.
- Embodiment 9 provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of embodiments 1-8.
- Embodiment 10 provides a method of preventing, reducing, or alleviating pain in a mammal, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of any one of embodiments 1-7 to the mammal.
- Embodiment 11 provides the method of embodiment 10, wherein the administration is oral, parenteral, nasal, inhalational, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, or enteral.
- Embodiment 12 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-11, wherein the mammal is a human.
- Embodiment 13 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is spontaneous pain.
- Embodiment 14 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is hyperalgesia.
- Embodiment 15 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain is allodynia.
- Embodiment 16 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-12, wherein the pain arises from a surgical procedure.
- Embodiment 17 provides the method of embodiment 16, wherein the surgical procedure comprises third molar extraction, dental implants, lingual hernia repair, cholecystectomy, breast augmentation, abdominoplasty, vasectomy, hysterectomy, pacemaker implantation, and/or laparoscopic techniques.
- Embodiment 18 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain arises from trauma, sprains, broken bones, bruises, cuts, and/or burns.
- Embodiment 19 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is neuropathic pain.
- Embodiment 20 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is painful diabetic neuropathy.
- Embodiment 21 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15 or 18, wherein the pain is chronic pain.
- Embodiment 22 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain arises from cancers, diabetes, Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Multiple Sclerosis, and/or peripheral and/or central neuropathies.
- Embodiment 23 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain is caused by an inflammatory disease.
- Embodiment 24 provides the method of embodiment 23, wherein the inflammatory disease comprises rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel syndrome, vulvodynia, and/or Sjorgen's disease.
- Embodiment 25 provides the method of any one of embodiments 10-15, wherein the pain is caused by cancer chemotherapy, cancer radiation treatment, stroke, and/or myocardial infarct.
- The disclosures of each and every patent, patent application, and publication cited herein are hereby incorporated herein by reference in their entirety. While this invention has been disclosed with reference to specific embodiments, it is apparent that other embodiments and variations of this invention may be devised by others skilled in the art without departing from the true spirit and scope of the invention. The appended claims are intended to be construed to include all such embodiments and equivalent variations.
Claims (25)
1. A compound of formula (I), or a salt, solvate, enantiomer, diastereoisomer or tautomer thereof:
wherein:
Y is selected from the group consisting of S, O, NH, NR, and CH2;
R1 is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkenyl, C1-C6 alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, heteroarylalkyl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted;
R2 is selected from the group consisting of H, —C(═O)H, —C(═O)—R, and —CH2—OR;
R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, or R3 and R4 can combine to form a C1-C6 alkylene;
W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, —C(═O)NRR, cyano, hydroxy, aryl, and heteroaryl, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted, and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl; and
each occurrence of R is independently selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
3. The compound of claim 2 , wherein R2 is H.
4. The compound of claim 3 , wherein Y is S.
5. The compound of claim 4 , wherein W is selected from the group consisting of H, C1-C6 hydroxyalkyl, —CHO, —C(═O)OR, and —C(═O)NRR, wherein the alkyl, alkoxy, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl group is independently optionally substituted and wherein each occurrence of R is independently H, C1-C6 alkyl, and C3-C8 cycloalkyl.
6. The compound of claim 5 , wherein R3 and R4 are independently selected from the group consisting of H and C1-C6 alkyl.
7. The compound of claim 1 , which is selected from the group consisting of:
(R)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
(S)-2-(3-Hydroxy-pyridin-2-ylamino)-5,5-dimethyl-4,5-dihydro-thiazole-4-carboxylic acid;
(R)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid; and
(S)-2-((3-hydroxypyridin-2-yl)amino)-4,5-dihydrothiazole-4-carboxylic acid.
8. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 1 .
9. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of claim 7 .
10. A method of preventing, reducing, or alleviating pain in a mammal, the method comprising administering a therapeutically effective amount of the compound of claim 1 to the mammal.
11. The method of claim 10 , wherein the administration is oral, parenteral, nasal, inhalational, intravenous, subcutaneous, transdermal, or enteral.
12. The method of claim 10 , wherein the mammal is a human.
13. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is spontaneous pain.
14. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is hyperalgesia.
15. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is allodynia.
16. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain arises from a surgical procedure.
17. The method of claim 16 , wherein the surgical procedure comprises third molar extraction, dental implants, lingual hernia repair, cholecystectomy, breast augmentation, abdominoplasty, vasectomy, hysterectomy, pacemaker implantation, and/or laparoscopic techniques.
18. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain arises from trauma, sprains, broken bones, bruises, cuts, and/or burns.
19. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is neuropathic pain.
20. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is painful diabetic neuropathy.
21. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is chronic pain.
22. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain arises from cancers, diabetes, Parkinson's Disease, Alzheimer's Disease, Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis, Multiple Sclerosis, and/or peripheral and/or central neuropathies.
23. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is caused by an inflammatory disease.
24. The method of claim 23 , wherein the inflammatory disease comprises rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, lupus, inflammatory bowel syndrome, vulvodynia, and/or Sjorgen's disease.
25. The method of claim 10 , wherein the pain is caused by cancer chemotherapy, cancer radiation treatment, stroke, and/or myocardial infarct.
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US17/367,832 US20220153731A1 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2021-07-06 | Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same |
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US201862677496P | 2018-05-29 | 2018-05-29 | |
US16/417,300 US11091473B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-05-20 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
US17/367,832 US20220153731A1 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2021-07-06 | Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same |
Related Parent Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/417,300 Division US11091473B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-05-20 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20220153731A1 true US20220153731A1 (en) | 2022-05-19 |
Family
ID=66770595
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/417,300 Active US11091473B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-05-20 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
US16/729,072 Active US10844054B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-27 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
US17/367,832 Pending US20220153731A1 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2021-07-06 | Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/417,300 Active US11091473B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-05-20 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
US16/729,072 Active US10844054B2 (en) | 2018-05-29 | 2019-12-27 | Compounds for pain treatment, compositions comprising same, and methods of using same |
Country Status (14)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US11091473B2 (en) |
EP (1) | EP3802524A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP2021525269A (en) |
KR (1) | KR20210015892A (en) |
CN (1) | CN112204025B (en) |
AU (1) | AU2019279761A1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112020024261B8 (en) |
CA (1) | CA3101738A1 (en) |
EA (1) | EA202092691A1 (en) |
IL (1) | IL278904A (en) |
MX (1) | MX2020012805A (en) |
SG (1) | SG11202011534YA (en) |
WO (1) | WO2019231739A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA202007320B (en) |
Families Citing this family (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022265960A1 (en) * | 2021-06-13 | 2022-12-22 | Daya Drug Discoveries, Inc. | Prevention and treatment of neuronal damage with pyridoindolobenz[b, d] azepine compositions |
WO2022266211A1 (en) * | 2021-06-17 | 2022-12-22 | Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Methods of treating, ameliorating, and/or preventing osteoarthritic pain |
Family Cites Families (32)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US4256108A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1981-03-17 | Alza Corporation | Microporous-semipermeable laminated osmotic system |
US4160452A (en) | 1977-04-07 | 1979-07-10 | Alza Corporation | Osmotic system having laminated wall comprising semipermeable lamina and microporous lamina |
US4265874A (en) | 1980-04-25 | 1981-05-05 | Alza Corporation | Method of delivering drug with aid of effervescent activity generated in environment of use |
FR2581063B1 (en) | 1985-04-30 | 1987-07-17 | Chauvin Blache Lab | AMINO-2 THIAZOLES N-SUBSTITUTED, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THEIR APPLICATION IN THERAPEUTICS |
US5007790A (en) | 1989-04-11 | 1991-04-16 | Depomed Systems, Inc. | Sustained-release oral drug dosage form |
US5582837A (en) | 1992-03-25 | 1996-12-10 | Depomed, Inc. | Alkyl-substituted cellulose-based sustained-release oral drug dosage forms |
AU668386B2 (en) | 1992-03-25 | 1996-05-02 | Depomed Systems, Incorporated | Alkyl-substituted cellulose-based sustained-release oral drug dosage forms |
US5840739A (en) | 1992-11-16 | 1998-11-24 | University Of Florida Research Foundation, Inc. | Thiazoline acid derivatives |
AU3290397A (en) | 1996-06-10 | 1998-01-07 | Depomed, Inc. | Gastric-retentive oral controlled drug delivery system with enhanced retention properties |
US5972389A (en) | 1996-09-19 | 1999-10-26 | Depomed, Inc. | Gastric-retentive, oral drug dosage forms for the controlled-release of sparingly soluble drugs and insoluble matter |
US6635280B2 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2003-10-21 | Depomed, Inc. | Extending the duration of drug release within the stomach during the fed mode |
JP4083818B2 (en) | 1997-06-06 | 2008-04-30 | ディポメド,インコーポレイティド | Gastric retentive oral drug dosage form for controlled release of highly soluble drugs |
US6323219B1 (en) | 1998-04-02 | 2001-11-27 | Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | Methods for treating immunomediated inflammatory disorders |
NZ518739A (en) | 1999-11-02 | 2004-12-24 | Depomed Inc | Pharmacological inducement of the fed mode for enhanced drug administration to the stomach |
EP1251832B1 (en) | 2000-02-04 | 2006-09-27 | Depomed, Inc. | Shell-and-core dosage form approaching zero-order drug release |
US6488962B1 (en) | 2000-06-20 | 2002-12-03 | Depomed, Inc. | Tablet shapes to enhance gastric retention of swellable controlled-release oral dosage forms |
US6451808B1 (en) | 2000-10-17 | 2002-09-17 | Depomed, Inc. | Inhibition of emetic effect of metformin with 5-HT3 receptor antagonists |
WO2002096404A1 (en) | 2001-05-29 | 2002-12-05 | Depomed Development Ltd | Method of treating gastroesophageal reflux disease and nocturnal acid breakthrough |
JP2005508358A (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2005-03-31 | デポメド・インコーポレイテッド | Method of treatment using gastric retention type losartan dosage |
CA2409552A1 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-04-25 | Depomed, Inc. | Gastric retentive oral dosage form with restricted drug release in the lower gastrointestinal tract |
TWI312285B (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2009-07-21 | Depomed Inc | Methods of treatment using a gastric retained gabapentin dosage |
US20030091630A1 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2003-05-15 | Jenny Louie-Helm | Formulation of an erodible, gastric retentive oral dosage form using in vitro disintegration test data |
US6723340B2 (en) | 2001-10-25 | 2004-04-20 | Depomed, Inc. | Optimal polymer mixtures for gastric retentive tablets |
US6682759B2 (en) | 2002-02-01 | 2004-01-27 | Depomed, Inc. | Manufacture of oral dosage forms delivering both immediate-release and sustained-release drugs |
AU2003263948A1 (en) * | 2002-08-22 | 2004-03-11 | University Of Florida | Antioxidant and radical scavenging activity of synthetic analogs of desferrithiocin |
PE20050159A1 (en) | 2003-05-27 | 2005-04-19 | Vertex Pharma | DERIVATIVES OF 3- [2- (3-AMINO-2-OXO-2H-PYRIDIN-1-IL) -ACETILAMINO] -4-OXO-PENTANOICO AS CASPASE INHIBITORS |
GB0508463D0 (en) | 2005-04-26 | 2005-06-01 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Compounds |
TW200826937A (en) * | 2006-11-01 | 2008-07-01 | Astrazeneca Ab | New use |
NL2003786C2 (en) | 2009-11-11 | 2010-07-30 | Medner B V | COMPOSITION FOR TOPICAL APPLICATION, USES THEREOF, APPLICATOR DEVICE AND KIT OF PARTS. |
CA2792503A1 (en) | 2010-03-10 | 2011-09-15 | Galleon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Analgesic compounds, compositions, and uses thereof |
EP3070084A1 (en) * | 2015-03-18 | 2016-09-21 | Rottapharm Biotech S.r.l. | New fyn kinase inhibitors |
US10400264B2 (en) | 2016-12-01 | 2019-09-03 | Promega Corporation | 5,5-disubstituted luciferins and their use in luciferase-based assays |
-
2019
- 2019-05-20 EP EP19728833.5A patent/EP3802524A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2019-05-20 SG SG11202011534YA patent/SG11202011534YA/en unknown
- 2019-05-20 EA EA202092691A patent/EA202092691A1/en unknown
- 2019-05-20 BR BR112020024261A patent/BR112020024261B8/en active IP Right Grant
- 2019-05-20 AU AU2019279761A patent/AU2019279761A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2019-05-20 US US16/417,300 patent/US11091473B2/en active Active
- 2019-05-20 MX MX2020012805A patent/MX2020012805A/en unknown
- 2019-05-20 CN CN201980035689.2A patent/CN112204025B/en active Active
- 2019-05-20 JP JP2020565906A patent/JP2021525269A/en active Pending
- 2019-05-20 WO PCT/US2019/033140 patent/WO2019231739A1/en unknown
- 2019-05-20 CA CA3101738A patent/CA3101738A1/en active Pending
- 2019-05-20 KR KR1020207037143A patent/KR20210015892A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2019-12-27 US US16/729,072 patent/US10844054B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-11-23 IL IL278904A patent/IL278904A/en unknown
- 2020-11-24 ZA ZA2020/07320A patent/ZA202007320B/en unknown
-
2021
- 2021-07-06 US US17/367,832 patent/US20220153731A1/en active Pending
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
BR112020024261B8 (en) | 2022-05-17 |
CN112204025B (en) | 2022-05-31 |
US11091473B2 (en) | 2021-08-17 |
US20190367499A1 (en) | 2019-12-05 |
BR112020024261A2 (en) | 2021-02-23 |
WO2019231739A1 (en) | 2019-12-05 |
BR112020024261B1 (en) | 2022-05-03 |
JP2021525269A (en) | 2021-09-24 |
SG11202011534YA (en) | 2020-12-30 |
CN112204025A (en) | 2021-01-08 |
CA3101738A1 (en) | 2019-12-05 |
MX2020012805A (en) | 2021-02-15 |
US10844054B2 (en) | 2020-11-24 |
EA202092691A1 (en) | 2021-04-21 |
KR20210015892A (en) | 2021-02-10 |
EP3802524A1 (en) | 2021-04-14 |
IL278904A (en) | 2021-01-31 |
ZA202007320B (en) | 2022-04-28 |
AU2019279761A1 (en) | 2020-12-10 |
US20200131170A1 (en) | 2020-04-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US6399618B1 (en) | Compositions and methods for modulating sexual activity | |
US7691858B2 (en) | Kinase inhibitors and methods of use thereof | |
WO2018188641A1 (en) | Pharmaceutical composition containing mor agonist and kor agonist, and uses thereof | |
US20220153731A1 (en) | Compounds for Pain Treatment, Compositions Comprising Same, and Methods of Using Same | |
EP3168214B1 (en) | Substituted 2-thioxo-imidazolidin-4-ones and spiro analogues thereof, active anti-cancer ingredient, pharmaceutical composition, medicinal preparation, method for treating prostate cancer | |
WO2011127192A2 (en) | Antimetastatic compounds | |
CN109689060A (en) | Chemical treating composition | |
WO2023250097A1 (en) | Combination therapies with cbl-b inhibitor compounds and antiemetic agents | |
US10358447B2 (en) | Substituted 2-N-hydroxy-1,3-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydronaphthyridines, and methods of making and using same | |
JPWO2005079845A1 (en) | Migraine prophylaxis | |
TW201808269A (en) | Method for treating pruritus and/or itch | |
US9102636B2 (en) | Analgesic compounds, compositions, and uses thereof | |
EP3388419A1 (en) | Gli1 inhibitors and uses thereof | |
JPWO2002072097A1 (en) | Agent for treating and / or preventing ischemic heart disease derived from diabetes | |
WO2020123847A1 (en) | Organic compounds | |
US10981869B2 (en) | Diindole compounds useful in treatment of nervous system disorders | |
CN113631164A (en) | Methods of treating attention deficit hyperactivity disorder using KDM1A inhibitors such as the compound varespita | |
US20130203789A1 (en) | Novel Inhibitors of LYN Kinase and Methods Using Same | |
WO2024226881A1 (en) | Amido pyrido[3,4-b]indole-1, 4-dione compounds for treatment of porphyrias | |
US20140275060A1 (en) | Compounds for the treatment of neurologic disorders | |
KR101261006B1 (en) | A novel 5,6-dihydroxychromone derivative for inhibiting the multiplication of HCV virus and a method thereof |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |